开源软件构建与测试

_service:extract_file:pkgconf.spec Deleted

@@ -1,153 +0,0 @@
-%global pkgconf_libdirs %{_libdir}/pkgconfig:%{_datadir}/pkgconfig
-
-Name:           pkgconf
-Version:        1.8.0
-Release:        2
-Summary:        Package compiler and linker metadata toolkit
-
-License:        ISC
-URL:            http://pkgconf.org/
-Source0:        https://distfiles.dereferenced.org/%{name}/%{name}-%{version}.tar.xz
-
-BuildRequires:  gcc, make, autoconf, automake, libtool
-#tests
-BuildRequires:  kyua, atf-tests
-
-Provides:       pkgconfig(pkgconf) = %{version}
-Conflicts:      pkgconfig < 1:%{version}
-Obsoletes:      pkgconfig < 1:%{version}
-Provides:       pkgconfig = 1:%{version}
-Provides:       pkgconfig%{?_isa} = 1:%{version}
-Provides:       pkgconfig(pkg-config) = %{version}
-Provides:       pkg-config = %{version}
-Provides:       pkgconf-pkg-config = %{version}
-Obsoletes:      pkgconf-pkg-config < %{version}
-Provides:       pkgconf-m4 = %{version}
-Obsoletes:      pkgconf-m4 < %{version}
-Provides:       libpkgconf = %{version}
-Obsoletes:      libpkgconf < %{version}
-
-%description
-pkgconf is a program which helps to configure compiler and linker flags for development frameworks. 
-It is similar to pkg-config from freedesktop.org, providing additional functionality while also
-maintaining compatibility.
-
-%package        devel
-Summary:        Development files for lib%{name}
-Requires:       %{name}%{?_isa} = %{version}-%{release}
-Provides:       libpkgconf-devel
-Obsoletes:      libpkgconf-devel
-
-%description    devel
-Development headers and auxiliary files for developing apps for %{name}.
-
-%package_help
-
-%prep
-%autosetup -p1
-
-%build
-autoreconf -fiv
-%configure --with-pkg-config-dir=%{pkgconf_libdirs} \
-           --with-system-includedir=%{_includedir} \
-           --with-system-libdir=%{_libdir}
-
-%make_build V=1
-
-
-%check
-make check
-
-%install
-%make_install
-
-%delete_la_and_a
-
-cat <<EOF > %{buildroot}%{_bindir}/%{_target_platform}-pkg-config
-#!/bin/sh
-
-# Platform-specific version of pkg-config
-# Platform----%{_target_platform}
-
-export PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR="\${PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR:-%{pkgconf_libdirs}}"
-export PKG_CONFIG_SYSTEM_INCLUDE_PATH="\${PKG_CONFIG_SYSTEM_INCLUDE_PATH:-%{_includedir}}"
-export PKG_CONFIG_SYSTEM_LIBRARY_PATH="\${PKG_CONFIG_SYSTEM_LIBRARY_PATH:-%{_libdir}}"
-
-exec pkgconf "\$@"
-EOF
-
-ln -sf pkgconf %{buildroot}%{_bindir}/pkg-config
-
-mkdir -p %{buildroot}%{_libdir}/pkgconfig
-mkdir -p %{buildroot}%{_datadir}/pkgconfig
-
-%ldconfig_scriptlets
-
-%files
-%license COPYING
-%doc README.md AUTHORS NEWS
-%license COPYING
-%{_bindir}/%{name}
-%{_libdir}/lib%{name}*.so.*
-%{_datadir}/aclocal/pkg.m4
-%{_bindir}/pkg-config
-%attr(755,root,root) %{_bindir}/%{_target_platform}-pkg-config
-%dir %{_libdir}/pkgconfig
-%dir %{_datadir}/pkgconfig
-
-%files devel
-%{_libdir}/lib%{name}*.so
-%{_includedir}/%{name}/
-%{_libdir}/pkgconfig/lib%{name}.pc
-
-%files help
-%{_mandir}/*/*
-
-%changelog
-* Thu May 05 2022 shixuantong <shixuantong@h-partners.com> - 1.8.0-2
-- Type: NA
-- ID: NA
-- SUG: NA
-- DESC:fix changelog error
-
-* Sat Dec 25 2021 tianwei <tianwei12@huawei.com> - 1.8.0-1
-- Type: NA
-- ID: NA
-- SUG: NA
-- DESC:upgrade version to 1.8.0
-
-* Thu Jul 16 2020 shixuantong <shixuantong@huawei.com> - 1.7.3-1
-- Type: NA
-- ID: NA
-- SUG: NA
-- DESC:update to 1.7.3-1 
-
-* Sun Jan 12 2020 openEuler Buildteam <buildteam@openeuler.org> - 1.6.3-6
-- Type: enhancement
-- ID: NA
-- SUG: NA
-- DESC: strengthen spec
-
-* Thu Nov 28 2019 shenyangyang <shenyangyang4@huawei.com> - 1.6.3-5
-- Type: enhancement
-- ID: NA
-- SUG: NA
-- DESC: add provides of pkgconfig with epoch 1
-
-* Tue Oct 29 2019 shenyangyang <shenyangyang4@huawei.com> - 1.6.3-4
-- Type: enhancement
-- ID: NA
-- SUG: NA
-- DESC:add provides of libpkgconf
-
-* Sat Oct 14 2019 shenyangyang <shenyangyang4@huawei.com> - 1.6.3-3
-- Type: enhancement
-- ID: NA
-- SUG: NA
-- DESC:revise provides
-
-* Wed Sep 11 2019 hexiaowen <hexiaowen@huawei.com> - 1.6.3-2
-- Rebuild
-
-* Tue Jul 31 2018 hexiaowen <hexiaowen@huawei.com> - 1.6.3-1
-- Package init

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf.spec Added

@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+%global pkgconf_libdirs %{_libdir}/pkgconfig:%{_datadir}/pkgconfig
+
+Name:           pkgconf
+Version:        1.8.0
+Release:        2
+Summary:        Package compiler and linker metadata toolkit
+
+License:        ISC
+URL:            http://pkgconf.org/
+Source0:        https://distfiles.dereferenced.org/%{name}/%{name}-%{version}.tar.xz
+
+BuildRequires:  gcc, make, autoconf, automake, libtool
+#tests
+BuildRequires:  kyua, atf-tests
+
+Provides:       pkgconfig(pkgconf) = %{version}
+Conflicts:      pkgconfig < 1:%{version}
+Obsoletes:      pkgconfig < 1:%{version}
+Provides:       pkgconfig = 1:%{version}
+Provides:       pkgconfig%{?_isa} = 1:%{version}
+Provides:       pkgconfig(pkg-config) = %{version}
+Provides:       pkg-config = %{version}
+Provides:       pkgconf-pkg-config = %{version}
+Obsoletes:      pkgconf-pkg-config < %{version}
+Provides:       pkgconf-m4 = %{version}
+Obsoletes:      pkgconf-m4 < %{version}
+Provides:       libpkgconf = %{version}
+Obsoletes:      libpkgconf < %{version}
+
+%description
+pkgconf is a program which helps to configure compiler and linker flags for development frameworks. 
+It is similar to pkg-config from freedesktop.org, providing additional functionality while also
+maintaining compatibility.
+
+%package        devel
+Summary:        Development files for lib%{name}
+Requires:       %{name}%{?_isa} = %{version}-%{release}
+Provides:       libpkgconf-devel
+Obsoletes:      libpkgconf-devel
+
+%description    devel
+Development headers and auxiliary files for developing apps for %{name}.
+
+%package_help
+
+%prep
+%autosetup -p1
+
+%build
+autoreconf -fiv
+%configure --with-pkg-config-dir=%{pkgconf_libdirs} \
+           --with-system-includedir=%{_includedir} \
+           --with-system-libdir=%{_libdir}
+
+%make_build V=1
+
+
+%check
+make check
+
+%install
+%make_install
+
+%delete_la_and_a
+
+cat <<EOF > %{buildroot}%{_bindir}/%{_target_platform}-pkg-config
+#!/bin/sh
+
+# Platform-specific version of pkg-config
+# Platform----%{_target_platform}
+
+export PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR="\${PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR:-%{pkgconf_libdirs}}"
+export PKG_CONFIG_SYSTEM_INCLUDE_PATH="\${PKG_CONFIG_SYSTEM_INCLUDE_PATH:-%{_includedir}}"
+export PKG_CONFIG_SYSTEM_LIBRARY_PATH="\${PKG_CONFIG_SYSTEM_LIBRARY_PATH:-%{_libdir}}"
+
+exec pkgconf "\$@"
+EOF
+
+ln -sf pkgconf %{buildroot}%{_bindir}/pkg-config
+
+mkdir -p %{buildroot}%{_libdir}/pkgconfig
+mkdir -p %{buildroot}%{_datadir}/pkgconfig
+
+%ldconfig_scriptlets
+
+%files
+%license COPYING
+%doc README.md AUTHORS NEWS
+%license COPYING
+%{_bindir}/%{name}
+%{_libdir}/lib%{name}*.so.*
+%{_datadir}/aclocal/pkg.m4
+%{_bindir}/pkg-config
+%attr(755,root,root) %{_bindir}/%{_target_platform}-pkg-config
+%dir %{_libdir}/pkgconfig
+%dir %{_datadir}/pkgconfig
+
+%files devel
+%{_libdir}/lib%{name}*.so
+%{_includedir}/%{name}/
+%{_libdir}/pkgconfig/lib%{name}.pc
+
+%files help
+%{_mandir}/*/*
+
+%changelog
+* Thu May 05 2022 shixuantong <shixuantong@h-partners.com> - 1.8.0-2
+- Type: NA
+- ID: NA
+- SUG: NA
+- DESC:fix changelog error
+
+* Sat Dec 25 2021 tianwei <tianwei12@huawei.com> - 1.8.0-1
+- Type: NA
+- ID: NA
+- SUG: NA
+- DESC:upgrade version to 1.8.0
+
+* Thu Jul 16 2020 shixuantong <shixuantong@huawei.com> - 1.7.3-1
+- Type: NA
+- ID: NA
+- SUG: NA
+- DESC:update to 1.7.3-1 
+
+* Sun Jan 12 2020 openEuler Buildteam <buildteam@openeuler.org> - 1.6.3-6
+- Type: enhancement
+- ID: NA
+- SUG: NA
+- DESC: strengthen spec
+
+* Thu Nov 28 2019 shenyangyang <shenyangyang4@huawei.com> - 1.6.3-5
+- Type: enhancement
+- ID: NA
+- SUG: NA
+- DESC: add provides of pkgconfig with epoch 1
+
+* Tue Oct 29 2019 shenyangyang <shenyangyang4@huawei.com> - 1.6.3-4
+- Type: enhancement
+- ID: NA
+- SUG: NA
+- DESC:add provides of libpkgconf
+
+* Sat Oct 14 2019 shenyangyang <shenyangyang4@huawei.com> - 1.6.3-3
+- Type: enhancement
+- ID: NA
+- SUG: NA
+- DESC:revise provides
+
+* Wed Sep 11 2019 hexiaowen <hexiaowen@huawei.com> - 1.6.3-2
+- Rebuild
+
+* Tue Jul 31 2018 hexiaowen <hexiaowen@huawei.com> - 1.6.3-1
+- Package init

_service Changed

_service:extract_file:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz Deleted

_service:extract_file:pkgconf.yaml Deleted

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/AUTHORS Added

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+A. Wilcox <AWilcox@Wilcox-Tech.com>
+Alexander Tsoy <alexander@tsoy.me>
+Alexpux <alexey.pawlow@gmail.com>
+Alon Bar-Lev <alon.barlev@gmail.com>
+Alyx <alyx@malkier.net>
+Ariadne Conill <ariadne@dereferenced.org>
+Baptiste Daroussin <bapt@FreeBSD.org>
+Baptiste Daroussin <bapt@gandi.net>
+Bryan Drewery <bryan@shatow.net>
+Dag-Erling Smørgrav <des@des.no>
+Dan Kegel <dank@kegel.com>
+Dan Kegel <dank@oblong.com>
+Dan Nicholson <dbn.lists@gmail.com>
+David Michael <fedora.dm0@gmail.com>
+Emil Renner Berthing <esmil@mailme.dk>
+Fabian Groffen <grobian@gentoo.org>
+Graham Ollis <plicease@cpan.org>
+Gregor Richards <Richards@codu.org>
+Ignacio Casal Quinteiro <qignacio@amazon.com>
+Igor Gnatenko <ignatenko@redhat.com>
+Issam Maghni <concatime@users.noreply.github.com>
+JD Horelick <jdhore1@gmail.com>
+Jason Dusek <jason.dusek@gmail.com>
+Javier Viguera <javier.viguera@digi.com>
+Jean-Sébastien Pédron <dumbbell@FreeBSD.org>
+John Hein <jhgit@users.github.com>
+Jussi Pakkanen <jpakkane@gmail.com>
+Leorize <alaviss@users.noreply.github.com>
+Luca Barbato <lu_zero@gentoo.org>
+Marcin Wojdyr <wojdyr@gmail.com>
+Maxin B. John <maxinbjohn@users.noreply.github.com>
+Michał Górny <mgorny@gentoo.org>
+Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
+Seungha Yang <seungha.yang@navercorp.com>
+TingPing <tingping@tingping.se>
+Tobias Kortkamp <t6@users.noreply.github.com>
+Tony Theodore <tonyt@logyst.com>
+Volker Braun <vbraun.name@gmail.com>
+Yu Kobayashi <yukoba@accelart.jp>
+orbea <orbea@fredslev.dk>
+✈ Graham ✈ <plicease@cpan.org>

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/COPYING Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/Kyuafile.in Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/Makefile.am Added

@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+libdir                 = @libdir@
+datarootdir            = @datarootdir@
+datadir                = @datadir@
+includedir             = @includedir@
+system_includedir      = @SYSTEM_INCLUDEDIR@
+system_libdir          = @SYSTEM_LIBDIR@
+pkg_default_dir        = @PKG_DEFAULT_PATH@
+personality_dir        = @PERSONALITY_PATH@
+pkgconfigdir           = $(libdir)/pkgconfig
+nodist_pkgconfig_DATA  = libpkgconf.pc
+
+AM_CFLAGS = -DPERSONALITY_PATH=\"$(personality_dir)\" -DPKG_DEFAULT_PATH=\"$(pkg_default_dir)\" -DSYSTEM_INCLUDEDIR=\"$(system_includedir)\" -DSYSTEM_LIBDIR=\"$(system_libdir)\"
+
+bin_PROGRAMS = pkgconf
+lib_LTLIBRARIES = libpkgconf.la
+
+EXTRA_DIST =	pkg.m4 \
+		meson.build \
+		meson_options.txt \
+		libpkgconf/meson.build \
+		libpkgconf/config.h.meson \
+		libpkgconf/win-dirent.h \
+		tests/lib-relocatable/lib/pkgconfig/foo.pc \
+		tests/lib1/argv-parse-2.pc \
+		tests/lib1/dos-lineendings.pc \
+		tests/lib1/paren-quoting.pc \
+		tests/lib1/argv-parse-3.pc \
+		tests/lib1/foo.pc \
+		tests/lib1/prefix-foo1.pc \
+		tests/lib1/argv-parse.pc \
+		tests/lib1/framework-1.pc \
+		tests/lib1/prefix-foo2.pc \
+		tests/lib1/bar.pc \
+		tests/lib1/framework-2.pc \
+		tests/lib1/private-libs-duplication.pc \
+		tests/lib1/baz.pc \
+		tests/lib1/incomplete.pc \
+		tests/lib1/quotes.pc \
+		tests/lib1/case-sensitivity.pc \
+		tests/lib1/intermediary-1.pc \
+		tests/lib1/static-archive-libs.pc \
+		tests/lib1/cflags-libs-only.pc \
+		tests/lib1/intermediary-2.pc \
+		tests/lib1/static-libs.pc \
+		tests/lib1/circular-1.pc \
+		tests/lib1/missing-require.pc \
+		tests/lib1/sysroot-dir.pc \
+		tests/lib1/circular-2.pc \
+		tests/lib1/multiline.pc \
+		tests/lib1/multiline-bogus.pc \
+		tests/lib1/tilde-quoting.pc \
+		tests/lib1/circular-3.pc \
+		tests/lib1/no-trailing-newline.pc \
+		tests/lib1/tilde.pc \
+		tests/lib1/comments-in-fields.pc \
+		tests/lib1/nocflag.pc \
+		tests/lib1/typelibdir.pc \
+		tests/lib2/foo.pc \
+		tests/lib1/comments.pc \
+		tests/lib1/nolib.pc \
+		tests/lib3/bar.pc \
+		tests/lib1/conflicts.pc \
+		tests/lib1/omg-uninstalled.pc \
+		tests/lib1/isystem.pc \
+		tests/lib1/idirafter.pc \
+		tests/lib1/idirafter-ordering.pc \
+		tests/lib1/depgraph-break.pc \
+		tests/lib1/cflags-whitespace.pc \
+		tests/lib1/cflags-whitespace-trailing.pc \
+		tests/lib1/provides.pc \
+		tests/lib1/provides-request-simple.pc \
+		tests/lib1/flag-order-1.pc \
+		tests/lib1/flag-order-3.pc \
+		tests/lib1/variable-whitespace.pc \
+		tests/lib1/fragment-collision.pc \
+		tests/lib1/fragment-collision-intermediary.pc \
+		tests/lib1/fragment-collision-1.pc \
+		tests/lib1/fragment-collision-2.pc \
+		tests/lib1/fragment-comment.pc \
+		tests/lib1/fragment-escaping-1.pc \
+		tests/lib1/fragment-escaping-2.pc \
+		tests/lib1/fragment-escaping-3.pc \
+		tests/lib1/fragment-quoting.pc \
+		tests/lib1/fragment-quoting-2.pc \
+		tests/lib1/fragment-quoting-3.pc \
+		tests/lib1/fragment-quoting-5.pc \
+		tests/lib1/fragment-quoting-7.pc \
+		tests/lib1/malformed-1.pc \
+		tests/lib1/malformed-quoting.pc \
+		tests/lib1/malformed-version.pc \
+		tests/lib1/explicit-sysroot.pc \
+		tests/lib1/escaped-backslash.pc \
+		tests/lib1/cflags-internal.pc \
+		tests/lib1/requires-internal.pc \
+		tests/lib1/requires-internal-2.pc \
+		tests/lib1/requires-internal-missing.pc \
+		tests/lib1/requires-internal-collision.pc \
+		tests/lib1/tuple-quoting.pc \
+		tests/lib1/empty-tuple.pc \
+		tests/lib1/orphaned-requires-private.pc \
+		$(test_scripts) \
+		doc/conf.py \
+		doc/extract.py \
+		doc/index.rst \
+		doc/libpkgconf.rst \
+		doc/libpkgconf-argvsplit.rst \
+		doc/libpkgconf-audit.rst \
+		doc/libpkgconf-cache.rst \
+		doc/libpkgconf-client.rst \
+		doc/libpkgconf-dependency.rst \
+		doc/libpkgconf-fragment.rst \
+		doc/libpkgconf-path.rst \
+		doc/libpkgconf-pkg.rst \
+		doc/libpkgconf-queue.rst \
+		doc/libpkgconf-tuple.rst
+
+test_scripts=	tests/meson.build \
+		tests/basic.sh \
+		tests/builtins.sh \
+		tests/conflicts.sh \
+		tests/framework.sh \
+		tests/parser.sh \
+		tests/provides.sh \
+		tests/regress.sh \
+		tests/requires.sh \
+		tests/sysroot.sh \
+		tests/version.sh
+
+check_SCRIPTS=	$(test_scripts:.sh=)
+
+SUFFIXES=	.sh
+
+nobase_pkginclude_HEADERS = libpkgconf/bsdstubs.h libpkgconf/iter.h libpkgconf/libpkgconf.h libpkgconf/stdinc.h libpkgconf/libpkgconf-api.h
+libpkgconf_la_SOURCES  =	\
+		libpkgconf/audit.c		\
+		libpkgconf/cache.c		\
+		libpkgconf/client.c		\
+		libpkgconf/pkg.c		\
+		libpkgconf/bsdstubs.c		\
+		libpkgconf/fragment.c		\
+		libpkgconf/argvsplit.c		\
+		libpkgconf/fileio.c		\
+		libpkgconf/tuple.c		\
+		libpkgconf/dependency.c		\
+		libpkgconf/queue.c		\
+		libpkgconf/path.c		\
+		libpkgconf/personality.c	\
+		libpkgconf/parser.c
+libpkgconf_la_LDFLAGS = -no-undefined -version-info 3:0:0 -export-symbols-regex '^pkgconf_'
+
+dist_man_MANS    = 		\
+	man/pkgconf.1		\
+	man/pkg.m4.7		\
+	man/pc.5		\
+	man/pkgconf-personality.5
+
+pkgconf_LDADD    = libpkgconf.la
+pkgconf_SOURCES  = \
+	cli/main.c				\
+	cli/getopt_long.c			\
+	cli/renderer-msvc.c
+pkgconf_CPPFLAGS = -Ilibpkgconf -Icli
+noinst_HEADERS   = \
+	cli/getopt_long.h			\
+	cli/renderer-msvc.h
+
+dist_doc_DATA = README.md AUTHORS
+
+m4datadir              = $(datadir)/aclocal
+m4data_DATA            = pkg.m4
+
+CLEANFILES =	$(EXTRA_PROGRAMS) \
+		$(check_SCRIPTS)
+
+check: pkgconf $(check_SCRIPTS)
+	kyua --config=none test --kyuafile='$(top_builddir)/Kyuafile' \
+		--build-root='$(top_builddir)'
+
+.sh:
+	install -m 755 $< $@

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/Makefile.in Added

@@ -0,0 +1,1512 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.16.3 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+
+
+
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+am__is_gnu_make = { \
+  if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \
+    false; \
+  elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \
+    true; \
+  elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \
+    true; \
+  else \
+    false; \
+  fi; \
+}
+am__make_running_with_option = \
+  case $${target_option-} in \
+      ?) ;; \
+      *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
+              "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
+         exit 1;; \
+  esac; \
+  has_opt=no; \
+  sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
+  if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
+    sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
+  else \
+    case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
+      *\\\ \	*) \
+        bs=\\; \
+        sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
+          | sed "s/$$bs$$bs$$bs $$bs	*//g"`;; \
+    esac; \
+  fi; \
+  skip_next=no; \
+  strip_trailopt () \
+  { \
+    flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
+  }; \
+  for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
+    test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
+    case $$flg in \
+      *=*|--*) continue;; \
+        -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
+      -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
+        -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
+      -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
+        -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
+      -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
+      -dEDm) skip_next=yes;; \
+      -JT) skip_next=yes;; \
+    esac; \
+    case $$flg in \
+      *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
+    esac; \
+  done; \
+  test $$has_opt = yes
+am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+build_triplet = @build@
+host_triplet = @host@
+bin_PROGRAMS = pkgconf$(EXEEXT)
+subdir = .
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_check_compile_flag.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure \
+	$(am__configure_deps) $(dist_doc_DATA) \
+	$(nobase_pkginclude_HEADERS) $(noinst_HEADERS) \
+	$(am__DIST_COMMON)
+am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \
+ configure.lineno config.status.lineno
+mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/libpkgconf/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = Kyuafile libpkgconf.pc tests/Kyuafile \
+	tests/test_env.sh
+CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)" \
+	"$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)" \
+	"$(DESTDIR)$(man7dir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(docdir)" \
+	"$(DESTDIR)$(m4datadir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)" \
+	"$(DESTDIR)$(pkgincludedir)"
+PROGRAMS = $(bin_PROGRAMS)
+am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
+am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
+    $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+    *) f=$$p;; \
+  esac;
+am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
+am__install_max = 40
+am__nobase_strip_setup = \
+  srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/.^$$\\*|/\\\\&/g'`
+am__nobase_strip = \
+  for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||"
+am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \
+  for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
+  sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,$ .*$/^/*$$,\1,' | \
+  $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files"." = "" } { files$$2 = files$$2 " " $$1; \
+    if (++n$$2 == $(am__install_max)) \
+      { print $$2, files$$2; n$$2 = 0; files$$2 = "" } } \
+    END { for (dir in files) print dir, filesdir }'
+am__base_list = \
+  sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \
+  sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g'
+am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \
+  test -z "$$files" \
+    || { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \
+    || { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
+         $(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \
+  }
+LTLIBRARIES = $(lib_LTLIBRARIES)
+libpkgconf_la_LIBADD =
+am__dirstamp = $(am__leading_dot)dirstamp
+am_libpkgconf_la_OBJECTS = libpkgconf/audit.lo libpkgconf/cache.lo \
+	libpkgconf/client.lo libpkgconf/pkg.lo libpkgconf/bsdstubs.lo \
+	libpkgconf/fragment.lo libpkgconf/argvsplit.lo \
+	libpkgconf/fileio.lo libpkgconf/tuple.lo \
+	libpkgconf/dependency.lo libpkgconf/queue.lo \
+	libpkgconf/path.lo libpkgconf/personality.lo \
+	libpkgconf/parser.lo
+libpkgconf_la_OBJECTS = $(am_libpkgconf_la_OBJECTS)
+AM_V_lt = $(am__v_lt_@AM_V@)
+am__v_lt_ = $(am__v_lt_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_lt_0 = --silent
+am__v_lt_1 = 
+libpkgconf_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
+	$(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \
+	$(libpkgconf_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
+am_pkgconf_OBJECTS = cli/pkgconf-main.$(OBJEXT) \
+	cli/pkgconf-getopt_long.$(OBJEXT) \
+	cli/pkgconf-renderer-msvc.$(OBJEXT)
+pkgconf_OBJECTS = $(am_pkgconf_OBJECTS)
+pkgconf_DEPENDENCIES = libpkgconf.la
+AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
+am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_P_0 = false
+am__v_P_1 = :
+AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
+am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo "  GEN     " $@;
+am__v_GEN_1 = 
+AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
+am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_at_1 = 
+DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ -I$(top_builddir)/libpkgconf
+depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/depcomp
+am__maybe_remake_depfiles = depfiles
+am__depfiles_remade = cli/$(DEPDIR)/pkgconf-getopt_long.Po \
+	cli/$(DEPDIR)/pkgconf-main.Po \
+	cli/$(DEPDIR)/pkgconf-renderer-msvc.Po \
+	libpkgconf/$(DEPDIR)/argvsplit.Plo \
+	libpkgconf/$(DEPDIR)/audit.Plo \
+	libpkgconf/$(DEPDIR)/bsdstubs.Plo \
+	libpkgconf/$(DEPDIR)/cache.Plo libpkgconf/$(DEPDIR)/client.Plo \
+	libpkgconf/$(DEPDIR)/dependency.Plo \
+	libpkgconf/$(DEPDIR)/fileio.Plo \
+	libpkgconf/$(DEPDIR)/fragment.Plo \
+	libpkgconf/$(DEPDIR)/parser.Plo libpkgconf/$(DEPDIR)/path.Plo \
+	libpkgconf/$(DEPDIR)/personality.Plo \
+	libpkgconf/$(DEPDIR)/pkg.Plo libpkgconf/$(DEPDIR)/queue.Plo \
+	libpkgconf/$(DEPDIR)/tuple.Plo
+am__mv = mv -f

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/NEWS Added

@@ -0,0 +1,598 @@
+Changes from previous version of pkgconf
+========================================
+
+Changes from 1.7.4 to 1.8.0:
+----------------------------
+
+* This is the last planned maintenance branch.  I see pkgconf as basically
+  a finished tool at this point, and very few people were ultimately interested
+  in libpkgconf.  So, from here on out, it will just be bug fixes only and
+  very minor enhancements.
+
+* Bug fixes:
+  - Improved path handling on Windows to conform to what the MSYS2
+    and Cygwin teams were already modifying pkgconf to do.
+    Patches by Christoph Reiter.
+  - Fix a minor memory leak relating to cross-personalities.
+    Patch by Stone Tickle.
+  - Fix static builds for Windows on Meson.
+    Patch by Alexander Neumann.
+  - Fix some edge cases with --redefine-prefix.
+    Patch by midipix.
+  - Do not prepend sysroot_dir if the .pc file does not exist in the
+    sysroot.
+    Patch by Sandro Mani.
+  - Do not perform path filtering on default system include and library
+    path lists.  This fixes consistency with other mechanisms that modify
+    these path lists.
+
+* Enhancements:
+  - Document the --validate option in the manpage.
+    Patch by orbea.
+
+Changes from 1.7.3 to 1.7.4:
+----------------------------
+
+* Bug fixes:
+  - Fix null-dereference crash when pulling a malformed 'uninstalled'
+    .pc file into a dependency tree.  Patch by Tobias Stöckmann.
+  - Fix truncation of comment characters when quoted.
+  - Fix handling of .pc module names in --list-all on Windows.
+    Patch by Ryan Scott.
+  - Handle platforms where realpath(3) requires a pre-allocated buffer.
+    Patch by Fabian Groffen.
+  - Fix version whitespace warning.
+    Patch by Christoph Reiter.
+
+* Enhancements:
+  - Rewrite DOS paths on native Windows builds that don't use
+    Cygwin/MSYS.
+  - Add WantDefaultPure cross-compiler personality option.
+  - Prefer --static --pure linking on Windows.
+  - Add PKG_CONFIG_DONT_DEFINE_PREFIX environment variable.
+    Patch by Jeff Moguillansky.
+  - Many improvements when building pkgconf with Meson.
+    Patches by Christoph Reiter.
+
+Changes from 1.7.2 to 1.7.3:
+----------------------------
+
+* Bug fixes:
+  - Fix a possible out of boundary write when evaluating dependencies.
+    Patch by Tobias Stöckmann.
+  - Fix escaping logic on Windows.  Patch by Vincent Torri.
+  - Fix out of boundary reads and writes with a malformed fragment.
+    Patches by Tobias Stöckmann.
+  - Fix a possible out of boundary write when evaluating tuples.
+    Patch by Tobias Stöckmann.
+
+Changes from 1.7.1 to 1.7.2:
+----------------------------
+
+* Bug fixes:
+  - Fix a windows-specific crash relating to path fixups.
+
+Changes from 1.7.0 to 1.7.1:
+----------------------------
+
+* Bug fixes:
+  - Fix a possible out of boundary access in the parser for the
+    cross-compile database.  Patch by Tobias Stöckmann.
+  - Missing files for building with Meson are now included in the
+    tarball.  Patch by Neal Gompa.
+  - Fix calculation of package atoms on Windows with paths that
+    use both directory separator characters.
+
+Changes from 1.6.3 to 1.7.0:
+----------------------------
+
+* Bug fixes:
+  - Fix a possible buffer overflow involving newline escaping.
+    Patch by Tobias Stöckmann.
+  - Fix an out of boundary access in the parser.
+    Patch by Tobias Stöckmann.
+  - Fix leakage of strcmp() result value in pkgconf_compare_version()
+    responses.
+  - Return the default personality if loading a cross-compile
+    personality file failed.
+  - Do not complain about newlines when validating package versions.
+  - Properly detect strndup() on Windows when building with Meson.
+
+* Enhancements:
+  - A new --shared option and WantDefaultStatic cross-compile
+    configuration option have been added.  This allows for toolchains
+    to specify that static linking should be used by default.
+  - Support for the PKG_CONFIG_MSVC_SYNTAX environment variable has
+    been added.  Patch by Dan Kegel.
+  - Support for the PKGCONF_PKG_PKGF_DONT_MERGE_SPECIAL_FRAGMENTS
+    client flag which disables emulation of freedesktop.org pkg-config
+    fragment merging semantics has been added.
+    Patch by Karen Arutyunov.
+
+Changes from 1.6.2 to 1.6.3:
+----------------------------
+
+* Bug fixes:
+  - Properly tokenize versions.  Versions cannot logically contain
+    whitespace, as dependency-lists would not properly tokenize if
+    they could.  A diagnostic is generated for malformed version
+    strings containing whitespace when --validate is used.
+
+* Enhancements:
+  - CMake support has been dropped.  Use Meson to build on Windows.
+
+Changes from 1.6.1 to 1.6.2:
+----------------------------
+
+* Bug fixes:
+  - Fixed a memory leak when deduplicating paths.
+  - Fixed strndup-related build regression on Windows.
+
+* Enhancements:
+  - Added pkgconf-lite variant.  pkgconf-lite is a stripped down
+    variant of pkgconf that only includes pkg-config features.
+  - Added --modversion description to pkgconf(1) man page.
+
+Changes from 1.6.0 to 1.6.1:
+----------------------------
+
+* Bug fixes:
+  - Fixed an issue where a personality may not be properly selected
+    due to argv0 containing a full path.
+  - Fixed a regression where having an empty PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR
+    environment variable would not eliminate the default search
+    paths.
+  - Use POSIX realpath(3) instead of readlink() for deduplicating the
+    search path.  Use _fullpath() on Windows for the same purpose.
+  - The dequoting logic for tuples has been improved to ensure that
+    quotes *inside* a value remain quoted when necessary.
+
+Changes from 1.5.4 to 1.6.0:
+----------------------------
+
+* Bug fixes:
+  - Fixed issue where packages which referenced missing packages in
+    Requires.private may have crashed due to memory corruption issues
+    in some circumstances.
+  - Fixed warnings reported by GCC 8 diagnostics.
+
+* Enhancements:
+  - Add LIBPKGCONF_VERSION and LIBPKGCONF_VERSION_STR macros for
+    determining libpkgconf version.
+  - Add pkgconf_fragment_copy_list() to copy a fragment list to
+    another fragment list.
+
+Changes from 1.5.3 to 1.5.4:
+----------------------------
+
+* Bug fixes:
+  - fix build on Windows with Meson
+  - fix edge cases for path canonicalization (especially on Windows)
+
+Changes from 1.5.2 to 1.5.3:
+----------------------------
+
+* Security fixes:
+  - Fix edge cases involving dequoting zero-length tuples that can lead to a
+    buffer overflow under the right circumstances.  Thanks to A. Wilcox for
+    reporting and supplying a patch.  (MR 3)
+
+Changes from 1.5.1 to 1.5.2:
+----------------------------
+
+* Bug fixes:
+  - Ensure environment variables override values learned from personality files
+    or built-in defaults.
+
+* Documentation enhancements:
+  - Add pkgconf-personality(5) manpage documenting the personality file format.
+
+Changes from 1.5.0 to 1.5.1:
+----------------------------
+
+* Bug fixes:
+  - fixed a crash with some invalid multi-line .pc files
+
+Changes from 1.4.2 to 1.5.0:
+---------------------------
+
+* Administrative:

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/README.md Added

@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+# pkgconf !test(https://github.com/pkgconf/pkgconf/actions/workflows/test.yml/badge.svg)(https://github.com/pkgconf/pkgconf/actions/workflows/test.yml)
+
+`pkgconf` is a program which helps to configure compiler and linker flags for
+development libraries.  It is similar to pkg-config from freedesktop.org.
+
+`libpkgconf` is a library which provides access to most of `pkgconf`'s functionality, to allow
+other tooling such as compilers and IDEs to discover and use libraries configured by
+pkgconf.
+
+## using `pkgconf` with autotools
+
+Implementations of pkg-config, such as pkgconf, are typically used with the
+PKG_CHECK_MODULES autoconf macro.  As far as we know, pkgconf is
+compatible with all known variations of this macro. pkgconf detects at
+runtime whether or not it was started as 'pkg-config', and if so, attempts
+to set program options such that its behaviour is similar.
+
+In terms of the autoconf macro, it is possible to specify the PKG_CONFIG
+environment variable, so that you can test pkgconf without overwriting your
+pkg-config binary.  Some other build systems may also respect the PKG_CONFIG
+environment variable.
+
+To set the environment variable on the bourne shell and clones (i.e. bash), you
+can run:
+
+    $ export PKG_CONFIG=/usr/bin/pkgconf
+
+## comparison of `pkgconf` and `pkg-config` dependency resolvers
+
+pkgconf builds an acyclic directed dependency graph.  This allows for the user
+to more conservatively link their binaries -- which may be helpful in some
+environments, such as when prelink(1) is being used.  As a result of building
+a directed dependency graph designed for the specific problem domain provided
+by the user, more accurate dependencies can be determined.
+
+Current release versions of pkg-config, on the other hand, build a database of all
+known pkg-config files on the system before attempting to resolve dependencies, which
+is a considerably slower and less efficient design.  Efforts have been made recently
+to improve this behaviour.
+
+As of the 1.1 series, pkgconf also fully implements support for `Provides` rules,
+while pkg-config does not.  pkg-config only provides the `--print-provides` functionality
+as a stub.  There are other intentional implementation differences in pkgconf's dependency
+resolver verses pkg-config's dependency resolver in terms of completeness and correctness,
+such as, for example, how `Conflicts` rules are processed.
+
+## linker flags optimization
+
+As previously mentioned, pkgconf makes optimizations to the linker flags in both the
+case of static and shared linking in order to avoid overlinking binaries and also
+simplifies the `CFLAGS` and `LIBS` output of the pkgconf tool for improved readability.
+
+This functionality depends on the pkg-config module properly declaring it's dependency
+tree instead of using `Libs` and `Cflags` fields to directly link against other modules
+which have pkg-config metadata files installed.
+
+Doing so is discouraged by the freedesktop tutorialfd-tut anyway.
+
+   fd-tut: http://people.freedesktop.org/~dbn/pkg-config-guide.html
+
+## compatibility with pkg-config
+
+I really hate that I have to have this section, I like being a nice person, but we
+unfortunately have to say this because otherwise we get passive-aggressive people who
+try to argue with us about what pkg-config compatibility means.
+
+We do not provide bug-level compatibility with pkg-config.
+
+What that means is, if you feel that there is a legitimate regression versus pkg-config,
+do let us know, but also make sure that the .pc files are valid and follow the rules of
+the pkg-config tutorialfd-tut, as most likely fixing them to follow the specified
+rules will solve the problem.
+
+Additionally, **we do not consider pkgconf doing what you tell it to do, when pkg-config
+fails to do so, to be a bug**.
+
+If, for example, you use environment variables such as `PKG_CONFIG_SYSTEM_INCLUDE|LIBRARY_PATH`
+and then find yourself surprised that `pkgconf` is stripping `-I` and `-L` flags relating
+to those paths, it's not a `pkgconf` problem -- `pkgconf` is doing exactly what you told
+it to do.
+
+We will reject bugs like this, and if you choose to violate our Code of Conduct(CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md)
+by demanding we fix your non-bug, we will fix the problem by banning you from the repo instead.
+
+## compiling `pkgconf` and `libpkgconf` on UNIX
+
+pkgconf is basically compiled the same way any other autotools-based project is
+compiled:
+
+    $ ./configure
+    $ make
+    $ sudo make install
+
+If you are installing pkgconf into a custom prefix, such as `/opt/pkgconf`, you will
+likely want to define the default system includedir and libdir for your toolchain.
+To do this, use the `--with-system-includedir` and `--with-system-libdir` configure
+flags like so:
+
+    $ ./configure \
+         --prefix=/opt/pkgconf \
+         --with-system-libdir=/lib:/usr/lib \
+         --with-system-includedir=/usr/include
+    $ make
+    $ sudo make install
+
+## compiling `pkgconf` and `libpkgconf` with CMake (usually for Windows)
+
+pkgconf is compiled using CMake on Windows.  In theory, you could also use CMake to build
+on UNIX, but this is not recommended at this time as it pkgconf is typically built much earlier
+than CMake.
+
+    $ mkdir build
+    $ cd build
+    $ cmake ..
+    $ make
+    $ sudo make install
+
+There are a few defines such as SYSTEM_LIBDIR, PKGCONFIGDIR and SYSTEM_INCLUDEDIR.
+However, on Windows, the default PKGCONFIGDIR value is usually overridden at runtime based
+on path relocation.
+
+## pkg-config symlink
+
+If you want pkgconf to be used when you invoke `pkg-config`, you should install a
+symlink for this.  We do not do this for you, as we believe it is better for vendors
+to make this determination themselves.
+
+    $ ln -sf pkgconf /usr/bin/pkg-config
+
+## release tarballs
+
+Release tarballs are available at <https://distfiles.dereferenced.org/pkgconf/>.
+Please only use the tarballs from distfiles.dereferenced.org.
+
+## contacts
+
+You can report bugs at <https://github.com/pkgconf/pkgconf/issues>.
+
+There is a mailing list at <https://lists.sr.ht/~kaniini/pkgconf>.
+
+You can contact us via IRC at `#pkgconf` at `irc.oftc.net`.

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/aclocal.m4 Added

@@ -0,0 +1,1138 @@
+# generated automatically by aclocal 1.16.3 -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+m4_ifndef(AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS, m4_defun(_AM_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS, )m4_defun(AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS, _AM_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS($@)))
+m4_ifndef(AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION,
+  m4_copy(m4_PACKAGE_VERSION, AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION))dnl
+m4_if(m4_defn(AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION), 2.71,,
+m4_warning(this file was generated for autoconf 2.71.
+You have another version of autoconf.  It may work, but is not guaranteed to.
+If you have problems, you may need to regenerate the build system entirely.
+To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically 'autoreconf'.))
+
+# Copyright (C) 2002-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(VERSION)
+# ----------------------------
+# Automake X.Y traces this macro to ensure aclocal.m4 has been
+# generated from the m4 files accompanying Automake X.Y.
+# (This private macro should not be called outside this file.)
+AC_DEFUN(AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION,
+am__api_version='1.16'
+dnl Some users find AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and mistake it for a way to
+dnl require some minimum version.  Point them to the right macro.
+m4_if($1, 1.16.3, ,
+      AC_FATAL(Do not call $0, use AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE($1).))dnl
+)
+
+# _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(VERSION)
+# -----------------------------
+# aclocal traces this macro to find the Autoconf version.
+# This is a private macro too.  Using m4_define simplifies
+# the logic in aclocal, which can simply ignore this definition.
+m4_define(_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION, )
+
+# AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION
+# -------------------------------
+# Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so they can be traced.
+# This function is AC_REQUIREd by AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE.
+AC_DEFUN(AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION,
+AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(1.16.3)dnl
+m4_ifndef(AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION,
+  m4_copy(m4_PACKAGE_VERSION, AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION))dnl
+_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(m4_defn(AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION)))
+
+# AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND                                         -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(foo), Autoconf sets
+# $ac_aux_dir to '$srcdir/foo'.  In other projects, it is set to
+# '$srcdir', '$srcdir/..', or '$srcdir/../..'.
+#
+# Of course, Automake must honor this variable whenever it calls a
+# tool from the auxiliary directory.  The problem is that $srcdir (and
+# therefore $ac_aux_dir as well) can be either absolute or relative,
+# depending on how configure is run.  This is pretty annoying, since
+# it makes $ac_aux_dir quite unusable in subdirectories: in the top
+# source directory, any form will work fine, but in subdirectories a
+# relative path needs to be adjusted first.
+#
+# $ac_aux_dir/missing
+#    fails when called from a subdirectory if $ac_aux_dir is relative
+# $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing
+#    fails if $ac_aux_dir is absolute,
+#    fails when called from a subdirectory in a VPATH build with
+#          a relative $ac_aux_dir
+#
+# The reason of the latter failure is that $top_srcdir and $ac_aux_dir
+# are both prefixed by $srcdir.  In an in-source build this is usually
+# harmless because $srcdir is '.', but things will broke when you
+# start a VPATH build or use an absolute $srcdir.
+#
+# So we could use something similar to $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing,
+# iff we strip the leading $srcdir from $ac_aux_dir.  That would be:
+#   am_aux_dir='\$(top_srcdir)/'`expr "$ac_aux_dir" : "$srcdir//*$.*$"`
+# and then we would define $MISSING as
+#   MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing"
+# This will work as long as MISSING is not called from configure, because
+# unfortunately $(top_srcdir) has no meaning in configure.
+# However there are other variables, like CC, which are often used in
+# configure, and could therefore not use this "fixed" $ac_aux_dir.
+#
+# Another solution, used here, is to always expand $ac_aux_dir to an
+# absolute PATH.  The drawback is that using absolute paths prevent a
+# configured tree to be moved without reconfiguration.
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND,
+AC_REQUIRE(AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT)dnl
+# Expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path.
+am_aux_dir=`cd "$ac_aux_dir" && pwd`
+)
+
+# AM_CONDITIONAL                                            -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1997-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# AM_CONDITIONAL(NAME, SHELL-CONDITION)
+# -------------------------------------
+# Define a conditional.
+AC_DEFUN(AM_CONDITIONAL,
+AC_PREREQ(2.52)dnl
+ m4_if($1, TRUE,  AC_FATAL($0: invalid condition: $1),
+       $1, FALSE, AC_FATAL($0: invalid condition: $1))dnl
+AC_SUBST($1_TRUE)dnl
+AC_SUBST($1_FALSE)dnl
+_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE($1_TRUE)dnl
+_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE($1_FALSE)dnl
+m4_define(_AM_COND_VALUE_$1, $2)dnl
+if $2; then
+  $1_TRUE=
+  $1_FALSE='#'
+else
+  $1_TRUE='#'
+  $1_FALSE=
+fi
+AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(
+if test -z "${$1_TRUE}" && test -z "${$1_FALSE}"; then
+  AC_MSG_ERROR(conditional "$1" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally.)
+fi))
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+
+# There are a few dirty hacks below to avoid letting 'AC_PROG_CC' be
+# written in clear, in which case automake, when reading aclocal.m4,
+# will think it sees a *use*, and therefore will trigger all it's
+# C support machinery.  Also note that it means that autoscan, seeing
+# CC etc. in the Makefile, will ask for an AC_PROG_CC use...
+
+
+# _AM_DEPENDENCIES(NAME)
+# ----------------------
+# See how the compiler implements dependency checking.
+# NAME is "CC", "CXX", "OBJC", "OBJCXX", "UPC", or "GJC".
+# We try a few techniques and use that to set a single cache variable.
+#
+# We don't AC_REQUIRE the corresponding AC_PROG_CC since the latter was
+# modified to invoke _AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC); we would have a circular
+# dependency, and given that the user is not expected to run this macro,
+# just rely on AC_PROG_CC.
+AC_DEFUN(_AM_DEPENDENCIES,
+AC_REQUIRE(AM_SET_DEPDIR)dnl
+AC_REQUIRE(AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS)dnl
+AC_REQUIRE(AM_MAKE_INCLUDE)dnl
+AC_REQUIRE(AM_DEP_TRACK)dnl
+
+m4_if($1, CC,   depcc="$CC"   am_compiler_list=,
+      $1, CXX,  depcc="$CXX"  am_compiler_list=,
+      $1, OBJC, depcc="$OBJC" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc',
+      $1, OBJCXX, depcc="$OBJCXX" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc',
+      $1, UPC,  depcc="$UPC"  am_compiler_list=,
+      $1, GCJ,  depcc="$GCJ"  am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc',
+                    depcc="$$1"   am_compiler_list=)
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK(dependency style of $depcc,
+               am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type,
+if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then
+  # We make a subdir and do the tests there.  Otherwise we can end up
+  # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove.  For
+  # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up
+  # making a dummy file named 'D' -- because '-MD' means "put the output
+  # in D".
+  rm -rf conftest.dir
+  mkdir conftest.dir
+  # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're
+  # using a relative directory.
+  cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir
+  cd conftest.dir
+  # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because
+  # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes.  For instance
+  # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a
+  # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/cli Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/cli/getopt_long.c Added

@@ -0,0 +1,643 @@
+/*	$OpenBSD: getopt_long.c,v 1.21 2006/09/22 17:22:05 millert Exp $	*/
+/*	$NetBSD: getopt_long.c,v 1.15 2002/01/31 22:43:40 tv Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Sponsored in part by the Defense Advanced Research Projects
+ * Agency (DARPA) and Air Force Research Laboratory, Air Force
+ * Materiel Command, USAF, under agreement number F39502-99-1-0512.
+ */
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2000 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Dieter Baron and Thomas Klausner.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *        This product includes software developed by the NetBSD
+ *        Foundation, Inc. and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of The NetBSD Foundation nor the names of its
+ *    contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ *    from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include "getopt_long.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#ifndef _WIN32
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#define PKGCONF_HACK_LOGICAL_OR_ALL_VALUES
+
+int	pkg_opterr = 1;		/* if error message should be printed */
+int	pkg_optind = 1;		/* index into parent argv vector */
+int	pkg_optopt = '?';		/* character checked for validity */
+int	pkg_optreset;		/* reset getopt */
+char    *pkg_optarg;		/* argument associated with option */
+
+#define PRINT_ERROR	((pkg_opterr) && (*options != ':'))
+
+#define FLAG_PERMUTE	0x01	/* permute non-options to the end of argv */
+#define FLAG_ALLARGS	0x02	/* treat non-options as args to option "-1" */
+#define FLAG_LONGONLY	0x04	/* operate as getopt_long_only */
+
+/* return values */
+#define	BADCH		(int)'?'
+#define	BADARG		((*options == ':') ? (int)':' : (int)'?')
+#define	INORDER 	(int)1
+
+/* add some padding to EMSG to avoid overrun */
+#define	EMSG		"\0\0\0\0"
+
+#ifdef GNU_COMPATIBLE
+#define NO_PREFIX	(-1)
+#define D_PREFIX	0
+#define DD_PREFIX	1
+#define W_PREFIX	2
+#endif
+
+static int getopt_internal(int, char * const *, const char *,
+			   const struct pkg_option *, int *, int);
+static int parse_long_options(char * const *, const char *,
+			      const struct pkg_option *, int *, int, int);
+static int gcd(int, int);
+static void permute_args(int, int, int, char * const *);
+
+static char *place = EMSG; /* option letter processing */
+
+/* XXX: set pkg_optreset to 1 rather than these two */
+static int nonopt_start = -1; /* first non option argument (for permute) */
+static int nonopt_end = -1;   /* first option after non options (for permute) */
+
+/* Error messages */
+static const char recargchar = "option requires an argument -- %c";
+static const char illoptchar = "illegal option -- %c"; /* From P1003.2 */
+#ifdef GNU_COMPATIBLE
+static int dash_prefix = NO_PREFIX;
+static const char gnuoptchar = "invalid option -- %c";
+
+static const char recargstring = "option `%s%s' requires an argument";
+static const char ambig = "option `%s%.*s' is ambiguous";
+static const char noarg = "option `%s%.*s' doesn't allow an argument";
+static const char illoptstring = "unrecognized option `%s%s'";
+#else
+static const char recargstring = "option requires an argument -- %s";
+static const char ambig = "ambiguous option -- %.*s";
+static const char noarg = "option doesn't take an argument -- %.*s";
+static const char illoptstring = "unknown option -- %s";
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Compute the greatest common divisor of a and b.
+ */
+static int
+gcd(int a, int b)
+{
+	int c;
+
+	c = a % b;
+	while (c != 0) {
+		a = b;
+		b = c;
+		c = a % b;
+	}
+
+	return (b);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Exchange the block from nonopt_start to nonopt_end with the block
+ * from nonopt_end to opt_end (keeping the same order of arguments
+ * in each block).
+ */
+static void
+permute_args(int panonopt_start, int panonopt_end, int opt_end,
+	char * const *nargv)
+{
+	int cstart, cyclelen, i, j, ncycle, nnonopts, nopts, pos;
+	char *swap;
+
+	/*
+	 * compute lengths of blocks and number and size of cycles
+	 */
+	nnonopts = panonopt_end - panonopt_start;
+	nopts = opt_end - panonopt_end;
+	ncycle = gcd(nnonopts, nopts);
+	cyclelen = (opt_end - panonopt_start) / ncycle;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < ncycle; i++) {
+		cstart = panonopt_end+i;
+		pos = cstart;
+		for (j = 0; j < cyclelen; j++) {
+			if (pos >= panonopt_end)
+				pos -= nnonopts;
+			else
+				pos += nopts;
+			swap = nargvpos;
+			/* LINTED const cast */
+			((char **) nargv)pos = nargvcstart;
+			/* LINTED const cast */
+			((char **)nargv)cstart = swap;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * parse_long_options --
+ *	Parse long options in argc/argv argument vector.
+ * Returns -1 if short_too is set and the option does not match long_options.
+ */
+static int
+parse_long_options(char * const *nargv, const char *options,
+	const struct pkg_option *long_options, int *idx, int short_too, int flags)
+{
+	char *current_argv, *has_equal;
+#ifdef GNU_COMPATIBLE
+	char *current_dash;
+#endif
+	size_t current_argv_len;
+	int i, match, exact_match, second_partial_match;
+

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/cli/getopt_long.h Added

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: getopt.h,v 1.4 2000/07/07 10:43:54 ad Exp $	*/
+/*	$FreeBSD$ */
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2000 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Dieter Baron and Thomas Klausner.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_LONG_H_
+#define _GETOPT_LONG_H_
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/*
+ * GNU-like getopt_long()/getopt_long_only() with 4.4BSD optreset extension.
+ * getopt() is declared here too for GNU programs.
+ */
+#define no_argument        0
+#define required_argument  1
+#define optional_argument  2
+
+struct pkg_option {
+	/* name of long option */
+	const char *name;
+	/*
+	 * one of no_argument, required_argument, and optional_argument:
+	 * whether option takes an argument
+	 */
+	int has_arg;
+	/* if not NULL, set *flag to val when option found */
+	uint64_t *flag;
+	/* if flag not NULL, value to set *flag to; else return value */
+	uint64_t val;
+};
+
+int	pkg_getopt_long(int, char * const *, const char *,
+	const struct pkg_option *, int *);
+int	pkg_getopt_long_only(int, char * const *, const char *,
+	const struct pkg_option *, int *);
+int	pkg_getopt(int, char * const , const char *);
+
+extern char *pkg_optarg;			/* getopt(3) external variables */
+extern int pkg_optind, pkg_opterr, pkg_optopt;
+extern int pkg_optreset;			/* getopt(3) external variable */
+
+#endif

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/cli/main.c Added

@@ -0,0 +1,1469 @@
+/*
+ * main.c
+ * main() routine, printer functions
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019
+ *     pkgconf authors (see AUTHORS).
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * This software is provided 'as is' and without any warranty, express or
+ * implied.  In no event shall the authors be liable for any damages arising
+ * from the use of this software.
+ */
+
+#include "libpkgconf/config.h"
+#include <libpkgconf/stdinc.h>
+#include <libpkgconf/libpkgconf.h>
+#include "getopt_long.h"
+#ifndef PKGCONF_LITE
+#include "renderer-msvc.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#include <io.h>     /* for _setmode() */
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+
+#define PKG_CFLAGS_ONLY_I		(((uint64_t) 1) << 2)
+#define PKG_CFLAGS_ONLY_OTHER		(((uint64_t) 1) << 3)
+#define PKG_CFLAGS			(PKG_CFLAGS_ONLY_I|PKG_CFLAGS_ONLY_OTHER)
+#define PKG_LIBS_ONLY_LDPATH		(((uint64_t) 1) << 5)
+#define PKG_LIBS_ONLY_LIBNAME		(((uint64_t) 1) << 6)
+#define PKG_LIBS_ONLY_OTHER		(((uint64_t) 1) << 7)
+#define PKG_LIBS			(PKG_LIBS_ONLY_LDPATH|PKG_LIBS_ONLY_LIBNAME|PKG_LIBS_ONLY_OTHER)
+#define PKG_MODVERSION			(((uint64_t) 1) << 8)
+#define PKG_REQUIRES			(((uint64_t) 1) << 9)
+#define PKG_REQUIRES_PRIVATE		(((uint64_t) 1) << 10)
+#define PKG_VARIABLES			(((uint64_t) 1) << 11)
+#define PKG_DIGRAPH			(((uint64_t) 1) << 12)
+#define PKG_KEEP_SYSTEM_CFLAGS		(((uint64_t) 1) << 13)
+#define PKG_KEEP_SYSTEM_LIBS		(((uint64_t) 1) << 14)
+#define PKG_VERSION			(((uint64_t) 1) << 15)
+#define PKG_ABOUT			(((uint64_t) 1) << 16)
+#define PKG_ENV_ONLY			(((uint64_t) 1) << 17)
+#define PKG_ERRORS_ON_STDOUT		(((uint64_t) 1) << 18)
+#define PKG_SILENCE_ERRORS		(((uint64_t) 1) << 19)
+#define PKG_IGNORE_CONFLICTS		(((uint64_t) 1) << 20)
+#define PKG_STATIC			(((uint64_t) 1) << 21)
+#define PKG_NO_UNINSTALLED		(((uint64_t) 1) << 22)
+#define PKG_UNINSTALLED			(((uint64_t) 1) << 23)
+#define PKG_LIST			(((uint64_t) 1) << 24)
+#define PKG_HELP			(((uint64_t) 1) << 25)
+#define PKG_PRINT_ERRORS		(((uint64_t) 1) << 26)
+#define PKG_SIMULATE			(((uint64_t) 1) << 27)
+#define PKG_NO_CACHE			(((uint64_t) 1) << 28)
+#define PKG_PROVIDES			(((uint64_t) 1) << 29)
+#define PKG_VALIDATE			(((uint64_t) 1) << 30)
+#define PKG_LIST_PACKAGE_NAMES		(((uint64_t) 1) << 31)
+#define PKG_NO_PROVIDES			(((uint64_t) 1) << 32)
+#define PKG_PURE			(((uint64_t) 1) << 33)
+#define PKG_PATH			(((uint64_t) 1) << 34)
+#define PKG_DEFINE_PREFIX		(((uint64_t) 1) << 35)
+#define PKG_DONT_DEFINE_PREFIX		(((uint64_t) 1) << 36)
+#define PKG_DONT_RELOCATE_PATHS		(((uint64_t) 1) << 37)
+#define PKG_DEBUG			(((uint64_t) 1) << 38)
+#define PKG_SHORT_ERRORS		(((uint64_t) 1) << 39)
+#define PKG_EXISTS			(((uint64_t) 1) << 40)
+#define PKG_MSVC_SYNTAX			(((uint64_t) 1) << 41)
+#define PKG_INTERNAL_CFLAGS		(((uint64_t) 1) << 42)
+#define PKG_DUMP_PERSONALITY		(((uint64_t) 1) << 43)
+#define PKG_SHARED			(((uint64_t) 1) << 44)
+
+static pkgconf_client_t pkg_client;
+static const pkgconf_fragment_render_ops_t *want_render_ops = NULL;
+
+static uint64_t want_flags;
+static int maximum_traverse_depth = 2000;
+static size_t maximum_package_count = 0;
+
+static char *want_variable = NULL;
+static char *want_fragment_filter = NULL;
+
+FILE *error_msgout = NULL;
+FILE *logfile_out = NULL;
+
+static bool
+error_handler(const char *msg, const pkgconf_client_t *client, const void *data)
+{
+	(void) client;
+	(void) data;
+	fprintf(error_msgout, "%s", msg);
+	return true;
+}
+
+static bool
+print_list_entry(const pkgconf_pkg_t *entry, void *data)
+{
+	(void) data;
+
+	if (entry->flags & PKGCONF_PKG_PROPF_UNINSTALLED)
+		return false;
+
+	printf("%-30s %s - %s\n", entry->id, entry->realname, entry->description);
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+static bool
+print_package_entry(const pkgconf_pkg_t *entry, void *data)
+{
+	(void) data;
+
+	if (entry->flags & PKGCONF_PKG_PROPF_UNINSTALLED)
+		return false;
+
+	printf("%s\n", entry->id);
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+static bool
+filter_cflags(const pkgconf_client_t *client, const pkgconf_fragment_t *frag, void *data)
+{
+	int got_flags = 0;
+	(void) client;
+	(void) data;
+
+	if (!(want_flags & PKG_KEEP_SYSTEM_CFLAGS) && pkgconf_fragment_has_system_dir(client, frag))
+		return false;
+
+	if (want_fragment_filter != NULL && (strchr(want_fragment_filter, frag->type) == NULL || !frag->type))
+		return false;
+
+	if (frag->type == 'I')
+		got_flags = PKG_CFLAGS_ONLY_I;
+	else
+		got_flags = PKG_CFLAGS_ONLY_OTHER;
+
+	return (want_flags & got_flags) != 0;
+}
+
+static bool
+filter_libs(const pkgconf_client_t *client, const pkgconf_fragment_t *frag, void *data)
+{
+	int got_flags = 0;
+	(void) client;
+	(void) data;
+
+	if (!(want_flags & PKG_KEEP_SYSTEM_LIBS) && pkgconf_fragment_has_system_dir(client, frag))
+		return false;
+
+	if (want_fragment_filter != NULL && (strchr(want_fragment_filter, frag->type) == NULL || !frag->type))
+		return false;
+
+	switch (frag->type)
+	{
+		case 'L': got_flags = PKG_LIBS_ONLY_LDPATH; break;
+		case 'l': got_flags = PKG_LIBS_ONLY_LIBNAME; break;
+		default: got_flags = PKG_LIBS_ONLY_OTHER; break;
+	}
+
+	return (want_flags & got_flags) != 0;
+}
+
+static void
+print_variables(pkgconf_pkg_t *pkg)
+{
+	pkgconf_node_t *node;
+
+	PKGCONF_FOREACH_LIST_ENTRY(pkg->vars.head, node)
+	{
+		pkgconf_tuple_t *tuple = node->data;
+
+		printf("%s\n", tuple->key);
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+print_requires(pkgconf_pkg_t *pkg)
+{
+	pkgconf_node_t *node;
+
+	PKGCONF_FOREACH_LIST_ENTRY(pkg->required.head, node)
+	{
+		pkgconf_dependency_t *dep = node->data;
+
+		printf("%s", dep->package);
+
+		if (dep->version != NULL)
+			printf(" %s %s", pkgconf_pkg_get_comparator(dep), dep->version);
+
+		printf("\n");
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+print_requires_private(pkgconf_pkg_t *pkg)
+{

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/cli/renderer-msvc.c Added

@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/*
+ * renderer-msvc.c
+ * MSVC library syntax renderer
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2017 pkgconf authors (see AUTHORS).
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * This software is provided 'as is' and without any warranty, express or
+ * implied.  In no event shall the authors be liable for any damages arising
+ * from the use of this software.
+ */
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <libpkgconf/libpkgconf.h>
+#include "renderer-msvc.h"
+
+static inline bool
+fragment_should_quote(const pkgconf_fragment_t *frag)
+{
+	const char *src;
+
+	if (frag->data == NULL)
+		return false;
+
+	for (src = frag->data; *src; src++)
+	{
+		if (((*src < ' ') ||
+		    (*src >= (' ' + (frag->merged ? 1 : 0)) && *src < '$') ||
+		    (*src > '$' && *src < '(') ||
+		    (*src > ')' && *src < '+') ||
+		    (*src > ':' && *src < '=') ||
+		    (*src > '=' && *src < '@') ||
+		    (*src > 'Z' && *src < '^') ||
+		    (*src == '`') ||
+		    (*src > 'z' && *src < '~') ||
+		    (*src > '~')))
+			return true;
+	}
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+static inline size_t
+fragment_len(const pkgconf_fragment_t *frag)
+{
+	size_t len = 1;
+
+	if (frag->type)
+		len += 2;
+
+	if (frag->data != NULL)
+	{
+		len += strlen(frag->data);
+
+		if (fragment_should_quote(frag))
+			len += 2;
+	}
+
+	return len;
+}
+
+static inline bool
+allowed_fragment(const pkgconf_fragment_t *frag)
+{
+	return !(!frag->type || frag->data == NULL || strchr("DILl", frag->type) == NULL);
+}
+
+static size_t
+msvc_renderer_render_len(const pkgconf_list_t *list, bool escape)
+{
+	(void) escape;
+
+	size_t out = 1;		/* trailing nul */
+	pkgconf_node_t *node;
+
+	PKGCONF_FOREACH_LIST_ENTRY(list->head, node)
+	{
+		const pkgconf_fragment_t *frag = node->data;
+
+		if (!allowed_fragment(frag))
+			continue;
+
+		switch (frag->type)
+		{
+			case 'L':
+				out += 9; /* "/libpath:" */
+				break;
+			case 'l':
+				out += 4; /* ".lib" */
+				break;
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+
+		out += fragment_len(frag);
+	}
+
+	return out;
+}
+
+static void
+msvc_renderer_render_buf(const pkgconf_list_t *list, char *buf, size_t buflen, bool escape)
+{
+	pkgconf_node_t *node;
+	char *bptr = buf;
+
+	memset(buf, 0, buflen);
+
+	PKGCONF_FOREACH_LIST_ENTRY(list->head, node)
+	{
+		const pkgconf_fragment_t *frag = node->data;
+		size_t buf_remaining = buflen - (bptr - buf);
+		size_t cnt;
+
+		if (!allowed_fragment(frag))
+			continue;
+
+		if (fragment_len(frag) > buf_remaining)
+			break;
+
+		switch(frag->type) {
+		case 'D':
+		case 'I':
+			*bptr++ = '/';
+			*bptr++ = frag->type;
+			break;
+		case 'L':
+			cnt = pkgconf_strlcpy(bptr, "/libpath:", buf_remaining);
+			bptr += cnt;
+			buf_remaining -= cnt;
+			break;
+		}
+
+		escape = fragment_should_quote(frag);
+
+		if (escape)
+			*bptr++ = '"';
+
+		cnt = pkgconf_strlcpy(bptr, frag->data, buf_remaining);
+		bptr += cnt;
+		buf_remaining -= cnt;
+
+		if (frag->type == 'l')
+		{
+			cnt = pkgconf_strlcpy(bptr, ".lib", buf_remaining);
+			bptr += cnt;
+			buf_remaining -= cnt;
+		}
+
+		if (escape)
+			*bptr++ = '"';
+
+		*bptr++ = ' ';
+	}
+
+	*bptr = '\0';
+}
+
+static const pkgconf_fragment_render_ops_t msvc_renderer_ops = {
+	.render_len = msvc_renderer_render_len,
+	.render_buf = msvc_renderer_render_buf
+};
+
+const pkgconf_fragment_render_ops_t *
+msvc_renderer_get(void)
+{
+	return &msvc_renderer_ops;
+}

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/cli/renderer-msvc.h Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/compile Added

@@ -0,0 +1,348 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
+
+scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
+# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
+# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
+
+nl='
+'
+
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.  Quoting is
+# there to prevent tools from complaining about whitespace usage.
+IFS=" ""	$nl"
+
+file_conv=
+
+# func_file_conv build_file lazy
+# Convert a $build file to $host form and store it in $file
+# Currently only supports Windows hosts. If the determined conversion
+# type is listed in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion will
+# take place.
+func_file_conv ()
+{
+  file=$1
+  case $file in
+    / | /!/*) # absolute file, and not a UNC file
+      if test -z "$file_conv"; then
+	# lazily determine how to convert abs files
+	case `uname -s` in
+	  MINGW*)
+	    file_conv=mingw
+	    ;;
+	  CYGWIN* | MSYS*)
+	    file_conv=cygwin
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    file_conv=wine
+	    ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      case $file_conv/,$2, in
+	*,$file_conv,*)
+	  ;;
+	mingw/*)
+	  file=`cmd //C echo "$file " | sed -e 's/"$.*$ " *$/\1/'`
+	  ;;
+	cygwin/* | msys/*)
+	  file=`cygpath -m "$file" || echo "$file"`
+	  ;;
+	wine/*)
+	  file=`winepath -w "$file" || echo "$file"`
+	  ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+  esac
+}
+
+# func_cl_dashL linkdir
+# Make cl look for libraries in LINKDIR
+func_cl_dashL ()
+{
+  func_file_conv "$1"
+  if test -z "$lib_path"; then
+    lib_path=$file
+  else
+    lib_path="$lib_path;$file"
+  fi
+  linker_opts="$linker_opts -LIBPATH:$file"
+}
+
+# func_cl_dashl library
+# Do a library search-path lookup for cl
+func_cl_dashl ()
+{
+  lib=$1
+  found=no
+  save_IFS=$IFS
+  IFS=';'
+  for dir in $lib_path $LIB
+  do
+    IFS=$save_IFS
+    if $shared && test -f "$dir/$lib.dll.lib"; then
+      found=yes
+      lib=$dir/$lib.dll.lib
+      break
+    fi
+    if test -f "$dir/$lib.lib"; then
+      found=yes
+      lib=$dir/$lib.lib
+      break
+    fi
+    if test -f "$dir/lib$lib.a"; then
+      found=yes
+      lib=$dir/lib$lib.a
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS=$save_IFS
+
+  if test "$found" != yes; then
+    lib=$lib.lib
+  fi
+}
+
+# func_cl_wrapper cl arg...
+# Adjust compile command to suit cl
+func_cl_wrapper ()
+{
+  # Assume a capable shell
+  lib_path=
+  shared=:
+  linker_opts=
+  for arg
+  do
+    if test -n "$eat"; then
+      eat=
+    else
+      case $1 in
+	-o)
+	  # configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
+	  eat=1
+	  case $2 in
+	    *.o | *.oObBjJ)
+	      func_file_conv "$2"
+	      set x "$@" -Fo"$file"
+	      shift
+	      ;;
+	    *)
+	      func_file_conv "$2"
+	      set x "$@" -Fe"$file"
+	      shift
+	      ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	-I)
+	  eat=1
+	  func_file_conv "$2" mingw
+	  set x "$@" -I"$file"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	-I*)
+	  func_file_conv "${1#-I}" mingw
+	  set x "$@" -I"$file"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	-l)
+	  eat=1
+	  func_cl_dashl "$2"
+	  set x "$@" "$lib"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	-l*)
+	  func_cl_dashl "${1#-l}"
+	  set x "$@" "$lib"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	-L)
+	  eat=1
+	  func_cl_dashL "$2"
+	  ;;
+	-L*)
+	  func_cl_dashL "${1#-L}"
+	  ;;
+	-static)
+	  shared=false
+	  ;;
+	-Wl,*)
+	  arg=${1#-Wl,}
+	  save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
+	  for flag in $arg; do
+	    IFS="$save_ifs"
+	    linker_opts="$linker_opts $flag"
+	  done
+	  IFS="$save_ifs"
+	  ;;
+	-Xlinker)

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/config.guess Added

@@ -0,0 +1,1421 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
+#   Copyright 1992-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+timestamp='2015-01-01'
+
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that
+# program.  This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
+# of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
+#
+# Originally written by Per Bothner; maintained since 2000 by Ben Elliston.
+#
+# You can get the latest version of this script from:
+# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD
+#
+# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>.
+
+
+me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 OPTION
+
+Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on.
+
+Operation modes:
+  -h, --help         print this help, then exit
+  -t, --time-stamp   print date of last modification, then exit
+  -v, --version      print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
+
+version="\
+GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
+
+Originally written by Per Bothner.
+Copyright 1992-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+
+help="
+Try \`$me --help' for more information."
+
+# Parse command line
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+  case $1 in
+    --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
+       echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
+    --version | -v )
+       echo "$version" ; exit ;;
+    --help | --h* | -h )
+       echo "$usage"; exit ;;
+    -- )     # Stop option processing
+       shift; break ;;
+    - )	# Use stdin as input.
+       break ;;
+    -* )
+       echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2
+       exit 1 ;;
+    * )
+       break ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+if test $# != 0; then
+  echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a
+# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires
+# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a
+# headache to deal with in a portable fashion.
+
+# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still
+# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated.
+
+# Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team.
+
+set_cc_for_build='
+trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ;
+trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ;
+: ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ;
+ { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } ||
+ { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } ||
+ { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } ||
+ { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ;
+dummy=$tmp/dummy ;
+tmpfiles="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ;
+case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in
+ ,,)    echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ;
+	for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do
+	  if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+	     CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ;
+	  fi ;
+	done ;
+	if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then
+	  CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ;
+	fi
+	;;
+ ,,*)   CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;;
+ ,*,*)  CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;;
+esac ; set_cc_for_build= ;'
+
+# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
+# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24)
+if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+	PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH
+fi
+
+UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
+UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
+UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null`  || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
+UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
+
+case "${UNAME_SYSTEM}" in
+Linux|GNU|GNU/*)
+	# If the system lacks a compiler, then just pick glibc.
+	# We could probably try harder.
+	LIBC=gnu
+
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	cat <<-EOF > $dummy.c
+	#include <features.h>
+	#if defined(__UCLIBC__)
+	LIBC=uclibc
+	#elif defined(__dietlibc__)
+	LIBC=dietlibc
+	#else
+	LIBC=gnu
+	#endif
+	EOF
+	eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^LIBC' | sed 's, ,,g'`
+	;;
+esac
+
+# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
+
+case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
+    *:NetBSD:*:*)
+	# NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or
+	# more of the tuples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*,
+	# *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*.  For targets that recently
+	# switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old
+	# object file format.  This provides both forward
+	# compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the
+	# object file format.
+	#
+	# Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor
+	# portion of the name.  We always set it to "unknown".
+	sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch"
+	UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \
+	    /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)`
+	case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
+	    armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;;
+	    arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;;
+	    sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;;
+	    sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;;
+	    sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;;
+	    *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;;
+	esac
+	# The Operating System including object format, if it has switched
+	# to ELF recently, or will in the future.
+	case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
+	    arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax)
+		eval $set_cc_for_build
+		if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
+			| grep -q __ELF__
+		then
+		    # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout).
+		    # Return netbsd for either.  FIX?
+		    os=netbsd
+		else
+		    os=netbsdelf
+		fi
+		;;
+	    *)
+		os=netbsd
+		;;
+	esac

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/config.sub Added

@@ -0,0 +1,1807 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Configuration validation subroutine script.
+#   Copyright 1992-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+timestamp='2015-01-01'
+
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that
+# program.  This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
+# of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
+
+
+# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>.
+#
+# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
+# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
+# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
+# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
+
+# You can get the latest version of this script from:
+# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD
+
+# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
+# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
+# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
+# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations
+# it does not support.  The user should be able to distinguish
+# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless
+# configuration.
+
+# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given
+# machine specification into a single specification in the form:
+#	CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or in some cases, the newer four-part form:
+#	CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification.
+
+me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 OPTION CPU-MFR-OPSYS
+       $0 OPTION ALIAS
+
+Canonicalize a configuration name.
+
+Operation modes:
+  -h, --help         print this help, then exit
+  -t, --time-stamp   print date of last modification, then exit
+  -v, --version      print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
+
+version="\
+GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
+
+Copyright 1992-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+
+help="
+Try \`$me --help' for more information."
+
+# Parse command line
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+  case $1 in
+    --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
+       echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
+    --version | -v )
+       echo "$version" ; exit ;;
+    --help | --h* | -h )
+       echo "$usage"; exit ;;
+    -- )     # Stop option processing
+       shift; break ;;
+    - )	# Use stdin as input.
+       break ;;
+    -* )
+       echo "$me: invalid option $1$help"
+       exit 1 ;;
+
+    *local*)
+       # First pass through any local machine types.
+       echo $1
+       exit ;;
+
+    * )
+       break ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+case $# in
+ 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2
+    exit 1;;
+ 1) ;;
+ *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
+    exit 1;;
+esac
+
+# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any).
+# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
+maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^$.*$-$^-*-^-*$$/\2/'`
+case $maybe_os in
+  nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-android* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | \
+  linux-musl* | linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | \
+  knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \
+  kopensolaris*-gnu* | \
+  storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
+    os=-$maybe_os
+    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^$.*$-$^-*-^-*$$/\1/'`
+    ;;
+  android-linux)
+    os=-linux-android
+    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^$.*$-$^-*-^-*$$/\1/'`-unknown
+    ;;
+  *)
+    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-^-*$//'`
+    if  $basic_machine != $1 
+    then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'`
+    else os=; fi
+    ;;
+esac
+
+### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so
+### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work.  We also
+### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we
+### can provide default operating systems below.
+case $os in
+	-sun*os*)
+		# Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input.
+		;;
+	-dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \
+	-att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun234* | \
+	-unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \
+	-convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
+	-c123* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
+	-harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
+	-apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray | -microblaze*)
+		os=
+		basic_machine=$1
+		;;
+	-bluegene*)
+		os=-cnk
+		;;
+	-sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond)
+		os=
+		basic_machine=$1
+		;;
+	-scout)
+		;;
+	-wrs)
+		os=-vxworks
+		basic_machine=$1
+		;;
+	-chorusos*)
+		os=-chorusos
+		basic_machine=$1
+		;;
+	-chorusrdb)
+		os=-chorusrdb
+		basic_machine=$1
+		;;
+	-hiux*)
+		os=-hiuxwe2
+		;;
+	-sco6)
+		os=-sco5v6
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco5)
+		os=-sco3.2v5
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco4)
+		os=-sco3.2v4
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco3.2.4-9*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'`
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
+	-sco3.2v4-9*)
+		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/configure Added

@@ -0,0 +1,16187 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.71 for pkgconf 1.8.0.
+#
+# Report bugs to <https://github.com/pkgconf/pkgconf/issues/new>.
+#
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1992-1996, 1998-2017, 2020-2021 Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc.
+#
+#
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+## -------------------- ##
+## M4sh Initialization. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+# Be more Bourne compatible
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+as_nop=:
+if test ${ZSH_VERSION+y} && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1
+then :
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else $as_nop
+  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #(
+  *posix*) :
+    set -o posix ;; #(
+  *) :
+     ;;
+esac
+fi
+
+
+
+# Reset variables that may have inherited troublesome values from
+# the environment.
+
+# IFS needs to be set, to space, tab, and newline, in precisely that order.
+# (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would have the
+# side effect of setting IFS to empty, thus disabling word splitting.)
+# Quoting is to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab.
+as_nl='
+'
+export as_nl
+IFS=" ""	$as_nl"
+
+PS1='$ '
+PS2='> '
+PS4='+ '
+
+# Ensure predictable behavior from utilities with locale-dependent output.
+LC_ALL=C
+export LC_ALL
+LANGUAGE=C
+export LANGUAGE
+
+# We cannot yet rely on "unset" to work, but we need these variables
+# to be unset--not just set to an empty or harmless value--now, to
+# avoid bugs in old shells (e.g. pre-3.0 UWIN ksh).  This construct
+# also avoids known problems related to "unset" and subshell syntax
+# in other old shells (e.g. bash 2.01 and pdksh 5.2.14).
+for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH CDPATH
+do eval test \${$as_var+y} \
+  && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || :
+done
+
+# Ensure that fds 0, 1, and 2 are open.
+if (exec 3>&0) 2>/dev/null; then :; else exec 0</dev/null; fi
+if (exec 3>&1) 2>/dev/null; then :; else exec 1>/dev/null; fi
+if (exec 3>&2)            ; then :; else exec 2>/dev/null; fi
+
+# The user is always right.
+if ${PATH_SEPARATOR+false} :; then
+  PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+  (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
+    (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+      PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+  }
+fi
+
+
+# Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no directory separator.
+as_myself=
+case $0 in #((
+  *\\/* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
+  *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  case $as_dir in #(((
+    '') as_dir=./ ;;
+    */) ;;
+    *) as_dir=$as_dir/ ;;
+  esac
+    test -r "$as_dir$0" && as_myself=$as_dir$0 && break
+  done
+IFS=$as_save_IFS
+
+     ;;
+esac
+# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
+# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
+if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
+  as_myself=$0
+fi
+if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
+  printf "%s\n" "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+
+# Use a proper internal environment variable to ensure we don't fall
+  # into an infinite loop, continuously re-executing ourselves.
+  if test x"${_as_can_reexec}" != xno && test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then
+    _as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec;
+    # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a
+# neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also
+# works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables.
+# Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell.
+BASH_ENV=/dev/null
+ENV=/dev/null
+(unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV
+case $- in # ((((
+  *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;;
+  *v* ) as_opts=-v ;;
+  *x* ) as_opts=-x ;;
+  * ) as_opts= ;;
+esac
+exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"}
+# Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail
+# out after a failed `exec'.
+printf "%s\n" "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2
+exit 255
+  fi
+  # We don't want this to propagate to other subprocesses.
+          { _as_can_reexec=; unset _as_can_reexec;}
+if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then
+  as_bourne_compatible="as_nop=:
+if test \${ZSH_VERSION+y} && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1
+then :
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else \$as_nop
+  case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in #(
+  *posix*) :
+    set -o posix ;; #(
+  *) :
+     ;;
+esac
+fi
+"
+  as_required="as_fn_return () { (exit \$1); }
+as_fn_success () { as_fn_return 0; }
+as_fn_failure () { as_fn_return 1; }
+as_fn_ret_success () { return 0; }
+as_fn_ret_failure () { return 1; }
+
+exitcode=0
+as_fn_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_success failed.; }
+as_fn_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_failure succeeded.; }
+as_fn_ret_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_success failed.; }
+as_fn_ret_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_failure succeeded.; }
+if ( set x; as_fn_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" )
+then :
+
+else \$as_nop
+  exitcode=1; echo positional parameters were not saved.
+fi
+test x\$exitcode = x0 || exit 1
+blah=\$(echo \$(echo blah))
+test x\"\$blah\" = xblah || exit 1
+test -x / || exit 1"
+  as_suggested="  as_lineno_1=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_1a=\$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_2a=\$LINENO
+  eval 'test \"x\$as_lineno_1'\$as_run'\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\" &&
+  test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1'\$as_run' + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\"' || exit 1
+
+  test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\${BASH_VERSION+set}\" || (
+    ECHO='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'
+    ECHO=\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO
+    ECHO=\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO\$ECHO
+    PATH=/empty FPATH=/empty; export PATH FPATH
+    test \"X\`printf %s \$ECHO\`\" = \"X\$ECHO\" \\
+      || test \"X\`print -r -- \$ECHO\`\" = \"X\$ECHO\" ) || exit 1
+test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2 || exit 1"
+  if (eval "$as_required") 2>/dev/null
+then :
+  as_have_required=yes
+else $as_nop
+  as_have_required=no

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/configure.ac Added

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+dnl configure.ac
+dnl m4 preprocessor script for autotools
+dnl
+dnl Copyright (c) 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014 pkgconf authors (see AUTHORS).
+dnl
+dnl Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+dnl purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+dnl copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+dnl
+dnl This software is provided 'as is' and without any warranty, express or
+dnl implied.  In no event shall the authors be liable for any damages arising
+dnl from the use of this software.
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.68)
+AC_INIT(pkgconf, 1.8.0, https://github.com/pkgconf/pkgconf/issues/new)
+AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR(cli/main.c)
+AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR(m4)
+AX_CHECK_COMPILE_FLAG(-Wall, CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wall")
+AX_CHECK_COMPILE_FLAG(-Wextra, CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wextra")
+AX_CHECK_COMPILE_FLAG(-Wformat=2, CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wformat=2")
+AX_CHECK_COMPILE_FLAG(-std=gnu99, CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -std=gnu99", 
+	AX_CHECK_COMPILE_FLAG(-std=c99, CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -std=c99")
+)
+AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(libpkgconf/config.h)
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strlcpy strlcat strndup)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/stat.h)
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(foreign dist-xz subdir-objects)
+AM_SILENT_RULES(yes)
+LT_INIT
+
+AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(personality-dir,AC_HELP_STRING(--with-personality-dir,specify
+	     the place where cross-compile personality files will be found),
+	     PERSONALITY_PATH="$withval",
+	     PERSONALITY_PATH="${datadir}/pkgconfig/personality.d:${sysconfdir}/pkgconfig/personality.d")
+
+AC_SUBST(PERSONALITY_PATH)
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(pkg-config-dir,AC_HELP_STRING(--with-pkg-config-dir,specify
+	     the place where pc files will be found),PKG_DEFAULT_PATH="$withval",
+	     PKG_DEFAULT_PATH="${libdir}/pkgconfig:${datadir}/pkgconfig")
+
+AC_SUBST(PKG_DEFAULT_PATH)
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(system-libdir,AC_HELP_STRING(--with-system-libdir,specify the
+	     system library directory (default LIBDIR)),
+	     SYSTEM_LIBDIR="$withval", SYSTEM_LIBDIR="${libdir}")
+
+AC_SUBST(SYSTEM_LIBDIR)
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(system-includedir,AC_HELP_STRING(--with-system-includedir,specify the
+	     system include directory (default INCLUDEDIR)),
+	     SYSTEM_INCLUDEDIR="$withval", SYSTEM_INCLUDEDIR="${includedir}")
+
+AC_SUBST(SYSTEM_INCLUDEDIR)
+
+AC_PROG_CPP
+AC_PROG_CC
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+AC_PROG_LN_S
+
+AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile Kyuafile libpkgconf.pc tests/Kyuafile tests/test_env.sh)
+AC_OUTPUT

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/depcomp Added

@@ -0,0 +1,791 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
+
+scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
+
+case $1 in
+  '')
+    echo "$0: No command.  Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
+    exit 1;
+    ;;
+  -h | --h*)
+    cat <<\EOF
+Usage: depcomp --help --version PROGRAM ARGS
+
+Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
+as side-effects.
+
+Environment variables:
+  depmode     Dependency tracking mode.
+  source      Source file read by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
+  object      Object file output by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
+  DEPDIR      directory where to store dependencies.
+  depfile     Dependency file to output.
+  tmpdepfile  Temporary file to use when outputting dependencies.
+  libtool     Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
+
+Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
+EOF
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+  -v | --v*)
+    echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+esac
+
+# Get the directory component of the given path, and save it in the
+# global variables '$dir'.  Note that this directory component will
+# be either empty or ending with a '/' character.  This is deliberate.
+set_dir_from ()
+{
+  case $1 in
+    */*) dir=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|/^/*$|/|'`;;
+      *) dir=;;
+  esac
+}
+
+# Get the suffix-stripped basename of the given path, and save it the
+# global variable '$base'.
+set_base_from ()
+{
+  base=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.^.*$//'`
+}
+
+# If no dependency file was actually created by the compiler invocation,
+# we still have to create a dummy depfile, to avoid errors with the
+# Makefile "include basename.Plo" scheme.
+make_dummy_depfile ()
+{
+  echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+}
+
+# Factor out some common post-processing of the generated depfile.
+# Requires the auxiliary global variable '$tmpdepfile' to be set.
+aix_post_process_depfile ()
+{
+  # If the compiler actually managed to produce a dependency file,
+  # post-process it.
+  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+    # Each line is of the form 'foo.o: dependency.h'.
+    # Do two passes, one to just change these to
+    #   $object: dependency.h
+    # and one to simply output
+    #   dependency.h:
+    # which is needed to avoid the deleted-header problem.
+    { sed -e "s,^.*\.$lower*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile"
+      sed -e "s,^.*\.$lower*:$tab *,," -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile"
+    } > "$depfile"
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  else
+    make_dummy_depfile
+  fi
+}
+
+# A tabulation character.
+tab='	'
+# A newline character.
+nl='
+'
+# Character ranges might be problematic outside the C locale.
+# These definitions help.
+upper=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
+lower=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+digits=0123456789
+alpha=${upper}${lower}
+
+if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
+  echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
+depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
+  sed 's|^\\/*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.$^.*$$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
+tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.$^.*$$/.T\1/'`}
+
+rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+
+# Avoid interferences from the environment.
+gccflag= dashmflag=
+
+# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags.  We
+# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
+# to make depend.m4 easier to write.  Note that we *cannot* use a case
+# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
+if test "$depmode" = hp; then
+  # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
+  gccflag=-M
+  depmode=gcc
+fi
+
+if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
+  # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
+  dashmflag=-xM
+  depmode=dashmstdout
+fi
+
+cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -"
+if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then
+  # This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
+  # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
+  # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
+  cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
+  depmode=msvisualcpp
+fi
+
+if test "$depmode" = msvc7msys; then
+  # This is just like msvc7 but w/o cygpath translation.
+  # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
+  # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
+  cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
+  depmode=msvc7
+fi
+
+if test "$depmode" = xlc; then
+  # IBM C/C++ Compilers xlc/xlC can output gcc-like dependency information.
+  gccflag=-qmakedep=gcc,-MF
+  depmode=gcc
+fi
+
+case "$depmode" in
+gcc3)
+## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
+## we want.  Yay!  Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
+## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff.  Hmm.
+## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
+## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
+## appear in depend2.am.  Note that the slowdown incurred here
+## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
+  for arg
+  do
+    case $arg in
+    -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
+    *)  set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
+    esac
+    shift # fnord
+    shift # $arg
+  done
+  "$@"
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
+  ;;
+

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/doc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/doc/conf.py Added

@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env python3
+# -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+#
+# pkgconf documentation build configuration file, created by
+# sphinx-quickstart on Sat Dec 10 16:54:40 2016.
+#
+# This file is execfile()d with the current directory set to its
+# containing dir.
+#
+# Note that not all possible configuration values are present in this
+# autogenerated file.
+#
+# All configuration values have a default; values that are commented out
+# serve to show the default.
+
+# If extensions (or modules to document with autodoc) are in another directory,
+# add these directories to sys.path here. If the directory is relative to the
+# documentation root, use os.path.abspath to make it absolute, like shown here.
+#
+# import os
+# import sys
+# sys.path.insert(0, os.path.abspath('.'))
+
+# -- General configuration ------------------------------------------------
+
+# If your documentation needs a minimal Sphinx version, state it here.
+#
+# needs_sphinx = '1.0'
+
+# Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be
+# extensions coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom
+# ones.
+extensions = 
+
+# Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory.
+templates_path = '_templates'
+
+# The suffix(es) of source filenames.
+# You can specify multiple suffix as a list of string:
+#
+# source_suffix = '.rst', '.md'
+source_suffix = '.rst'
+
+# The encoding of source files.
+#
+# source_encoding = 'utf-8-sig'
+
+# The master toctree document.
+master_doc = 'index'
+
+# General information about the project.
+project = 'pkgconf'
+copyright = '2016, pkgconf authors'
+author = 'pkgconf authors'
+
+# The version info for the project you're documenting, acts as replacement for
+# |version| and |release|, also used in various other places throughout the
+# built documents.
+#
+# The short X.Y version.
+version = '1.1.0'
+# The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags.
+release = '1.1.0'
+
+# The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation
+# for a list of supported languages.
+#
+# This is also used if you do content translation via gettext catalogs.
+# Usually you set "language" from the command line for these cases.
+language = 'en'
+
+# There are two options for replacing |today|: either, you set today to some
+# non-false value, then it is used:
+#
+# today = ''
+#
+# Else, today_fmt is used as the format for a strftime call.
+#
+# today_fmt = '%B %d, %Y'
+
+# List of patterns, relative to source directory, that match files and
+# directories to ignore when looking for source files.
+# This patterns also effect to html_static_path and html_extra_path
+exclude_patterns = '_build', 'Thumbs.db', '.DS_Store'
+
+# The reST default role (used for this markup: `text`) to use for all
+# documents.
+#
+# default_role = None
+
+# If true, '()' will be appended to :func: etc. cross-reference text.
+#
+# add_function_parentheses = True
+
+# If true, the current module name will be prepended to all description
+# unit titles (such as .. function::).
+#
+# add_module_names = True
+
+# If true, sectionauthor and moduleauthor directives will be shown in the
+# output. They are ignored by default.
+#
+# show_authors = False
+
+# The name of the Pygments (syntax highlighting) style to use.
+pygments_style = 'sphinx'
+
+# A list of ignored prefixes for module index sorting.
+# modindex_common_prefix = 
+
+# If true, keep warnings as "system message" paragraphs in the built documents.
+# keep_warnings = False
+
+# If true, `todo` and `todoList` produce output, else they produce nothing.
+todo_include_todos = False
+
+
+# -- Options for HTML output ----------------------------------------------
+
+# The theme to use for HTML and HTML Help pages.  See the documentation for
+# a list of builtin themes.
+#
+html_theme = 'default'
+
+# Theme options are theme-specific and customize the look and feel of a theme
+# further.  For a list of options available for each theme, see the
+# documentation.
+#
+# html_theme_options = {}
+
+# Add any paths that contain custom themes here, relative to this directory.
+# html_theme_path = 
+
+# The name for this set of Sphinx documents.
+# "<project> v<release> documentation" by default.
+#
+# html_title = 'pkgconf v1.1.0'
+
+# A shorter title for the navigation bar.  Default is the same as html_title.
+#
+# html_short_title = None
+
+# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top
+# of the sidebar.
+#
+# html_logo = None
+
+# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to use as a favicon of
+# the docs.  This file should be a Windows icon file (.ico) being 16x16 or 32x32
+# pixels large.
+#
+# html_favicon = None
+
+# Add any paths that contain custom static files (such as style sheets) here,
+# relative to this directory. They are copied after the builtin static files,
+# so a file named "default.css" will overwrite the builtin "default.css".
+html_static_path = '_static'
+
+# Add any extra paths that contain custom files (such as robots.txt or
+# .htaccess) here, relative to this directory. These files are copied
+# directly to the root of the documentation.
+#
+# html_extra_path = 
+
+# If not None, a 'Last updated on:' timestamp is inserted at every page
+# bottom, using the given strftime format.
+# The empty string is equivalent to '%b %d, %Y'.
+#
+# html_last_updated_fmt = None
+
+# If true, SmartyPants will be used to convert quotes and dashes to
+# typographically correct entities.
+#
+# html_use_smartypants = True
+
+# Custom sidebar templates, maps document names to template names.
+#
+# html_sidebars = {}
+
+# Additional templates that should be rendered to pages, maps page names to
+# template names.
+#
+# html_additional_pages = {}
+
+# If false, no module index is generated.
+#
+# html_domain_indices = True
+
+# If false, no index is generated.
+#
+# html_use_index = True
+
+# If true, the index is split into individual pages for each letter.
+#
+# html_split_index = False
+
+# If true, links to the reST sources are added to the pages.
+#
+# html_show_sourcelink = True

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/doc/extract.py Added

@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+# derived from https://github.com/jeanralphaviles/comment_parser/blob/master/comment_parser/parsers/c_parser.py
+# MIT license - https://github.com/jeanralphaviles/comment_parser/blob/master/LICENSE
+
+
+class Comment:
+    def __init__(self, comment, line, multiline):
+        self.comment = comment
+        self.line = line
+        self.multiline = multiline
+
+    def __repr__(self):
+        return "Comment(comment=%r, line=%r, multiline=%r)" % (self.comment, self.line, self.multiline)
+
+    @property
+    def clean_text(self):
+        if not self.multiline:
+            return self.comment.strip()
+
+        lines = self.comment.splitlines()
+        cleanlines = 
+        for line in lines:
+            if line0:3 == ' * ':
+                cleanlines.append(line3:)
+            elif len(line) == 2:
+                cleanlines.append('')
+        return '\n'.join(cleanlines)
+
+    @property
+    def doc_text(self):
+        text = self.clean_text
+        if '!doc' in text0:4:
+            return text5:
+        return None
+
+
+class FileError(Exception):
+    pass
+
+
+class UnterminatedCommentError(Exception):
+    pass
+
+
+def extract_comments(filename):
+    """Extracts a list of comments from the given C family source file.
+    Comments are represented with the Comment class found in the common module.
+    C family comments come in two forms, single and multi-line comments.
+        - Single-line comments begin with '//' and continue to the end of line.
+        - Multi-line comments begin with '/*' and end with '*/' and can span
+            multiple lines of code. If a multi-line comment does not terminate
+            before EOF is reached, then an exception is raised.
+    Note that this doesn't take language-specific preprocessor directives into
+    consideration.
+    Args:
+        filename: String name of the file to extract comments from.
+    Returns:
+        Python list of Comment objects in the order that they appear in the file.
+    Raises:
+        FileError: File was unable to be open or read.
+        UnterminatedCommentError: Encountered an unterminated multi-line
+            comment.
+    """
+    try:
+        with open(filename, 'r') as source_file:
+            state = 0
+            current_comment = ''
+            comments = 
+            line_counter = 1
+            comment_start = 1
+            while True:
+                char = source_file.read(1)
+                if not char:
+                    if state is 3 or state is 4:
+                        raise UnterminatedCommentError()
+                    if state is 2:
+                        # Was in single line comment. Create comment.
+                        comment = Comment(current_comment, line_counter, False)
+                        comments.append(comment)
+                    return comments
+                if state is 0:
+                    # Waiting for comment start character or beginning of
+                    # string.
+                    if char == '/':
+                        state = 1
+                    elif char == '"':
+                        state = 5
+                elif state is 1:
+                    # Found comment start character, classify next character and
+                    # determine if single or multiline comment.
+                    if char == '/':
+                        state = 2
+                    elif char == '*':
+                        comment_start = line_counter
+                        state = 3
+                    else:
+                        state = 0
+                elif state is 2:
+                    # In single line comment, read characters until EOL.
+                    if char == '\n':
+                        comment = Comment(current_comment, line_counter, False)
+                        comments.append(comment)
+                        current_comment = ''
+                        state = 0
+                    else:
+                        current_comment += char
+                elif state is 3:
+                    # In multi-line comment, add characters until '*'
+                    # encountered.
+                    if char == '*':
+                        state = 4
+                    else:
+                        current_comment += char
+                elif state is 4:
+                    # In multi-line comment with asterisk found. Determine if
+                    # comment is ending.
+                    if char == '/':
+                        comment = Comment(
+                            current_comment, comment_start, True)
+                        comments.append(comment)
+                        current_comment = ''
+                        state = 0
+                    else:
+                        current_comment += '*'
+                        # Care for multiple '*' in a row
+                        if char != '*':
+                            current_comment += char
+                            state = 3
+                elif state is 5:
+                    # In string literal, expect literal end or escape char.
+                    if char == '"':
+                        state = 0
+                    elif char == '\\':
+                        state = 6
+                elif state is 6:
+                    # In string literal, escaping current char.
+                    state = 5
+                if char == '\n':
+                    line_counter += 1
+    except OSError as exception:
+        raise FileError(str(exception))
+
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    import sys
+    from pprint import pprint
+
+    comments = comment for comment in extract_comments(sys.argv1) if comment.doc_text
+    for comment in comments:
+        print(comment.doc_text)

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/doc/index.rst Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/doc/libpkgconf-argvsplit.rst Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/doc/libpkgconf-audit.rst Added

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+
+libpkgconf `audit` module
+=========================
+
+The libpkgconf `audit` module contains the functions related to attaching an audit log file
+to a ``pkgconf_client_t`` object.
+
+The audit log format is the same as the output generated by the ``PKG_CONFIG_LOG`` environment
+variable.
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_audit_set_log(pkgconf_client_t *client, FILE *auditf)
+
+   Sets the audit log file pointer on `client` to `auditf`.
+   The callee is responsible for closing any previous log files.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object to modify.
+   :param FILE* auditf: The file pointer for the already open log file.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_audit_log(pkgconf_client_t *client, const char *format, ...)
+
+   Logs a message to the opened audit log (if any).
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object the log message is for.
+   :param char* format: The format string to use for the log messages.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_audit_log_dependency(pkgconf_client_t *client, const pkgconf_pkg_t *dep, const pkgconf_dependency_t *depnode)
+
+   Convenience function which logs a dependency node to the opened audit log (if any).
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object the log message is for.
+   :param pkgconf_pkg_t* dep: The dependency package object being logged.
+   :param pkgconf_dependency_t* depnode: The dependency object itself being logged.
+   :return: nothing

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/doc/libpkgconf-cache.rst Added

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+
+libpkgconf `cache` module
+=========================
+
+The libpkgconf `cache` module manages a package/module object cache, allowing it to
+avoid loading duplicate copies of a package/module.
+
+A cache is tied to a specific pkgconf client object, so package objects should not
+be shared across threads.
+
+.. c:function:: pkgconf_pkg_t *pkgconf_cache_lookup(const pkgconf_client_t *client, const char *id)
+
+   Looks up a package in the cache given an `id` atom,
+   such as ``gtk+-3.0`` and returns the already loaded version
+   if present.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object to access.
+   :param char* id: The package atom to look up in the client object's cache.
+   :return: A package object if present, else ``NULL``.
+   :rtype: pkgconf_pkg_t *
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_cache_add(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_pkg_t *pkg)
+
+   Adds an entry for the package to the package cache.
+   The cache entry must be removed if the package is freed.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object to modify.
+   :param pkgconf_pkg_t* pkg: The package object to add to the client object's cache.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_cache_remove(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_pkg_t *pkg)
+
+   Deletes a package from the client object's package cache.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object to modify.
+   :param pkgconf_pkg_t* pkg: The package object to remove from the client object's cache.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_cache_free(pkgconf_client_t *client)
+
+   Releases all resources related to a client object's package cache.
+   This function should only be called to clear a client object's package cache,
+   as it may release any package in the cache.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object to modify.

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/doc/libpkgconf-client.rst Added

@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+
+libpkgconf `client` module
+==========================
+
+The libpkgconf `client` module implements the `pkgconf_client_t` "client" object.
+Client objects store all necessary state for libpkgconf allowing for multiple instances to run
+in parallel.
+
+Client objects are not thread safe, in other words, a client object should not be shared across
+thread boundaries.
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_client_init(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_error_handler_func_t error_handler)
+
+   Initialise a pkgconf client object.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client to initialise.
+   :param pkgconf_error_handler_func_t error_handler: An optional error handler to use for logging errors.
+   :param void* error_handler_data: user data passed to optional error handler
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: pkgconf_client_t* pkgconf_client_new(pkgconf_error_handler_func_t error_handler)
+
+   Allocate and initialise a pkgconf client object.
+
+   :param pkgconf_error_handler_func_t error_handler: An optional error handler to use for logging errors.
+   :param void* error_handler_data: user data passed to optional error handler
+   :return: A pkgconf client object.
+   :rtype: pkgconf_client_t*
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_client_deinit(pkgconf_client_t *client)
+
+   Release resources belonging to a pkgconf client object.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client to deinitialise.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_client_free(pkgconf_client_t *client)
+
+   Release resources belonging to a pkgconf client object and then free the client object itself.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client to deinitialise and free.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: const char *pkgconf_client_get_sysroot_dir(const pkgconf_client_t *client)
+
+   Retrieves the client's sysroot directory (if any).
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object being accessed.
+   :return: A string containing the sysroot directory or NULL.
+   :rtype: const char *
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_client_set_sysroot_dir(pkgconf_client_t *client, const char *sysroot_dir)
+
+   Sets or clears the sysroot directory on a client object.  Any previous sysroot directory setting is
+   automatically released if one was previously set.
+
+   Additionally, the global tuple ``$(pc_sysrootdir)`` is set as appropriate based on the new setting.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object being modified.
+   :param char* sysroot_dir: The sysroot directory to set or NULL to unset.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: const char *pkgconf_client_get_buildroot_dir(const pkgconf_client_t *client)
+
+   Retrieves the client's buildroot directory (if any).
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object being accessed.
+   :return: A string containing the buildroot directory or NULL.
+   :rtype: const char *
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_client_set_buildroot_dir(pkgconf_client_t *client, const char *buildroot_dir)
+
+   Sets or clears the buildroot directory on a client object.  Any previous buildroot directory setting is
+   automatically released if one was previously set.
+
+   Additionally, the global tuple ``$(pc_top_builddir)`` is set as appropriate based on the new setting.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object being modified.
+   :param char* buildroot_dir: The buildroot directory to set or NULL to unset.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: bool pkgconf_error(const pkgconf_client_t *client, const char *format, ...)
+
+   Report an error to a client-registered error handler.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to report the error to.
+   :param char* format: A printf-style format string to use for formatting the error message.
+   :return: true if the error handler processed the message, else false.
+   :rtype: bool
+
+.. c:function:: bool pkgconf_warn(const pkgconf_client_t *client, const char *format, ...)
+
+   Report an error to a client-registered warn handler.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to report the error to.
+   :param char* format: A printf-style format string to use for formatting the warning message.
+   :return: true if the warn handler processed the message, else false.
+   :rtype: bool
+
+.. c:function:: bool pkgconf_trace(const pkgconf_client_t *client, const char *format, ...)
+
+   Report a message to a client-registered trace handler.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to report the trace message to.
+   :param char* format: A printf-style format string to use for formatting the trace message.
+   :return: true if the trace handler processed the message, else false.
+   :rtype: bool
+
+.. c:function:: bool pkgconf_default_error_handler(const char *msg, const pkgconf_client_t *client, const void *data)
+
+   The default pkgconf error handler.
+
+   :param char* msg: The error message to handle.
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object the error originated from.
+   :param void* data: An opaque pointer to extra data associated with the client for error handling.
+   :return: true (the function does nothing to process the message)
+   :rtype: bool
+
+.. c:function:: unsigned int pkgconf_client_get_flags(const pkgconf_client_t *client)
+
+   Retrieves resolver-specific flags associated with a client object.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object to retrieve the resolver-specific flags from.
+   :return: a bitfield of resolver-specific flags
+   :rtype: uint
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_client_set_flags(pkgconf_client_t *client, unsigned int flags)
+
+   Sets resolver-specific flags associated with a client object.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object to set the resolver-specific flags on.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: const char *pkgconf_client_get_prefix_varname(const pkgconf_client_t *client)
+
+   Retrieves the name of the variable that should contain a module's prefix.
+   In some cases, it is necessary to override this variable to allow proper path relocation.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object to retrieve the prefix variable name from.
+   :return: the prefix variable name as a string
+   :rtype: const char *
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_client_set_prefix_varname(pkgconf_client_t *client, const char *prefix_varname)
+
+   Sets the name of the variable that should contain a module's prefix.
+   If the variable name is ``NULL``, then the default variable name (``prefix``) is used.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object to set the prefix variable name on.
+   :param char* prefix_varname: The prefix variable name to set.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: pkgconf_client_get_warn_handler(const pkgconf_client_t *client)
+
+   Returns the warning handler if one is set, else ``NULL``.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object to get the warn handler from.
+   :return: a function pointer to the warn handler or ``NULL``
+
+.. c:function:: pkgconf_client_set_warn_handler(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_error_handler_func_t warn_handler, void *warn_handler_data)
+
+   Sets a warn handler on a client object or uninstalls one if set to ``NULL``.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object to set the warn handler on.
+   :param pkgconf_error_handler_func_t warn_handler: The warn handler to set.
+   :param void* warn_handler_data: Optional data to associate with the warn handler.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: pkgconf_client_get_error_handler(const pkgconf_client_t *client)
+
+   Returns the error handler if one is set, else ``NULL``.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object to get the error handler from.
+   :return: a function pointer to the error handler or ``NULL``
+
+.. c:function:: pkgconf_client_set_error_handler(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_error_handler_func_t error_handler, void *error_handler_data)
+
+   Sets a warn handler on a client object or uninstalls one if set to ``NULL``.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object to set the error handler on.
+   :param pkgconf_error_handler_func_t error_handler: The error handler to set.
+   :param void* error_handler_data: Optional data to associate with the error handler.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: pkgconf_client_get_trace_handler(const pkgconf_client_t *client)
+
+   Returns the error handler if one is set, else ``NULL``.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object to get the error handler from.
+   :return: a function pointer to the error handler or ``NULL``
+
+.. c:function:: pkgconf_client_set_trace_handler(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_error_handler_func_t trace_handler, void *trace_handler_data)
+
+   Sets a warn handler on a client object or uninstalls one if set to ``NULL``.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object to set the error handler on.
+   :param pkgconf_error_handler_func_t trace_handler: The error handler to set.
+   :param void* trace_handler_data: Optional data to associate with the error handler.
+   :return: nothing

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/doc/libpkgconf-dependency.rst Added

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+
+libpkgconf `dependency` module
+==============================
+
+The `dependency` module provides support for building `dependency lists` (the basic component of the overall `dependency graph`) and
+`dependency nodes` which store dependency information.
+
+.. c:function:: pkgconf_dependency_t *pkgconf_dependency_add(pkgconf_list_t *list, const char *package, const char *version, pkgconf_pkg_comparator_t compare)
+
+   Adds a parsed dependency to a dependency list as a dependency node.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object that owns the package this dependency list belongs to.
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The dependency list to add a dependency node to.
+   :param char* package: The package `atom` to set on the dependency node.
+   :param char* version: The package `version` to set on the dependency node.
+   :param pkgconf_pkg_comparator_t compare: The comparison operator to set on the dependency node.
+   :return: A dependency node.
+   :rtype: pkgconf_dependency_t *
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_dependency_append(pkgconf_list_t *list, pkgconf_dependency_t *tail)
+
+   Adds a dependency node to a pre-existing dependency list.
+
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The dependency list to add a dependency node to.
+   :param pkgconf_dependency_t* tail: The dependency node to add to the tail of the dependency list.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_dependency_free(pkgconf_list_t *list)
+
+   Release a dependency list and it's child dependency nodes.
+
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The dependency list to release.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_dependency_parse_str(pkgconf_list_t *deplist_head, const char *depends)
+
+   Parse a dependency declaration into a dependency list.
+   Commas are counted as whitespace to allow for constructs such as ``@SUBSTVAR@, zlib`` being processed
+   into ``, zlib``.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object that owns the package this dependency list belongs to.
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* deplist_head: The dependency list to populate with dependency nodes.
+   :param char* depends: The dependency data to parse.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_dependency_parse(const pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_pkg_t *pkg, pkgconf_list_t *deplist, const char *depends)
+
+   Preprocess dependency data and then process that dependency declaration into a dependency list.
+   Commas are counted as whitespace to allow for constructs such as ``@SUBSTVAR@, zlib`` being processed
+   into ``, zlib``.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object that owns the package this dependency list belongs to.
+   :param pkgconf_pkg_t* pkg: The package object that owns this dependency list.
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* deplist: The dependency list to populate with dependency nodes.
+   :param char* depends: The dependency data to parse.
+   :return: nothing

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/doc/libpkgconf-fragment.rst Added

@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+
+libpkgconf `fragment` module
+============================
+
+The `fragment` module provides low-level management and rendering of fragment lists.  A
+`fragment list` contains various `fragments` of text (such as ``-I /usr/include``) in a matter
+which is composable, mergeable and reorderable.
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_fragment_add(const pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_list_t *list, const char *string)
+
+   Adds a `fragment` of text to a `fragment list`, possibly modifying the fragment if a sysroot is set.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client being accessed.
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The fragment list.
+   :param char* string: The string of text to add as a fragment to the fragment list.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: bool pkgconf_fragment_has_system_dir(const pkgconf_client_t *client, const pkgconf_fragment_t *frag)
+
+   Checks if a `fragment` contains a `system path`.  System paths are detected at compile time and optionally overridden by
+   the ``PKG_CONFIG_SYSTEM_INCLUDE_PATH`` and ``PKG_CONFIG_SYSTEM_LIBRARY_PATH`` environment variables.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object the fragment belongs to.
+   :param pkgconf_fragment_t* frag: The fragment being checked.
+   :return: true if the fragment contains a system path, else false
+   :rtype: bool
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_fragment_copy(const pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_list_t *list, const pkgconf_fragment_t *base, bool is_private)
+
+   Copies a `fragment` to another `fragment list`, possibly removing a previous copy of the `fragment`
+   in a process known as `mergeback`.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client being accessed.
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The list the fragment is being added to.
+   :param pkgconf_fragment_t* base: The fragment being copied.
+   :param bool is_private: Whether the fragment list is a `private` fragment list (static linking).
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_fragment_copy_list(const pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_list_t *list, const pkgconf_list_t *base)
+
+   Copies a `fragment list` to another `fragment list`, possibly removing a previous copy of the fragments
+   in a process known as `mergeback`.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client being accessed.
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The list the fragments are being added to.
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* base: The list the fragments are being copied from.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_fragment_filter(const pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_list_t *dest, pkgconf_list_t *src, pkgconf_fragment_filter_func_t filter_func)
+
+   Copies a `fragment list` to another `fragment list` which match a user-specified filtering function.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client being accessed.
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* dest: The destination list.
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* src: The source list.
+   :param pkgconf_fragment_filter_func_t filter_func: The filter function to use.
+   :param void* data: Optional data to pass to the filter function.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: size_t pkgconf_fragment_render_len(const pkgconf_list_t *list, bool escape, const pkgconf_fragment_render_ops_t *ops)
+
+   Calculates the required memory to store a `fragment list` when rendered as a string.
+
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The `fragment list` being rendered.
+   :param bool escape: Whether or not to escape special shell characters (deprecated).
+   :param pkgconf_fragment_render_ops_t* ops: An optional ops structure to use for custom renderers, else ``NULL``.
+   :return: the amount of bytes required to represent the `fragment list` when rendered
+   :rtype: size_t
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_fragment_render_buf(const pkgconf_list_t *list, char *buf, size_t buflen, bool escape, const pkgconf_fragment_render_ops_t *ops)
+
+   Renders a `fragment list` into a buffer.
+
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The `fragment list` being rendered.
+   :param char* buf: The buffer to render the fragment list into.
+   :param size_t buflen: The length of the buffer.
+   :param bool escape: Whether or not to escape special shell characters (deprecated).
+   :param pkgconf_fragment_render_ops_t* ops: An optional ops structure to use for custom renderers, else ``NULL``.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: char *pkgconf_fragment_render(const pkgconf_list_t *list)
+
+   Allocate memory and render a `fragment list` into it.
+
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The `fragment list` being rendered.
+   :param bool escape: Whether or not to escape special shell characters (deprecated).
+   :param pkgconf_fragment_render_ops_t* ops: An optional ops structure to use for custom renderers, else ``NULL``.
+   :return: An allocated string containing the rendered `fragment list`.
+   :rtype: char *
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_fragment_delete(pkgconf_list_t *list, pkgconf_fragment_t *node)
+
+   Delete a `fragment node` from a `fragment list`.
+
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The `fragment list` to delete from.
+   :param pkgconf_fragment_t* node: The `fragment node` to delete.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_fragment_free(pkgconf_list_t *list)
+
+   Delete an entire `fragment list`.
+
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The `fragment list` to delete.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: bool pkgconf_fragment_parse(const pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_list_t *list, pkgconf_list_t *vars, const char *value)
+
+   Parse a string into a `fragment list`.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client being accessed.
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The `fragment list` to add the fragment entries to.
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* vars: A list of variables to use for variable substitution.
+   :param char* value: The string to parse into fragments.
+   :return: true on success, false on parse error

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/doc/libpkgconf-path.rst Added

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+
+libpkgconf `path` module
+========================
+
+The `path` module provides functions for manipulating lists of paths in a cross-platform manner.  Notably,
+it is used by the `pkgconf client` to parse the ``PKG_CONFIG_PATH``, ``PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR`` and related environment
+variables.
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_path_add(const char *text, pkgconf_list_t *dirlist)
+
+   Adds a path node to a path list.  If the path is already in the list, do nothing.
+
+   :param char* text: The path text to add as a path node.
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* dirlist: The path list to add the path node to.
+   :param bool filter: Whether to perform duplicate filtering.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: size_t pkgconf_path_split(const char *text, pkgconf_list_t *dirlist)
+
+   Splits a given text input and inserts paths into a path list.
+
+   :param char* text: The path text to split and add as path nodes.
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* dirlist: The path list to have the path nodes added to.
+   :param bool filter: Whether to perform duplicate filtering.
+   :return: number of path nodes added to the path list
+   :rtype: size_t
+
+.. c:function:: size_t pkgconf_path_build_from_environ(const char *environ, const char *fallback, pkgconf_list_t *dirlist)
+
+   Adds the paths specified in an environment variable to a path list.  If the environment variable is not set,
+   an optional default set of paths is added.
+
+   :param char* environ: The environment variable to look up.
+   :param char* fallback: The fallback paths to use if the environment variable is not set.
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* dirlist: The path list to add the path nodes to.
+   :param bool filter: Whether to perform duplicate filtering.
+   :return: number of path nodes added to the path list
+   :rtype: size_t
+
+.. c:function:: bool pkgconf_path_match_list(const char *path, const pkgconf_list_t *dirlist)
+
+   Checks whether a path has a matching prefix in a path list.
+
+   :param char* path: The path to check against a path list.
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* dirlist: The path list to check the path against.
+   :return: true if the path list has a matching prefix, otherwise false
+   :rtype: bool
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_path_free(pkgconf_list_t *dirlist)
+
+   Releases any path nodes attached to the given path list.
+
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* dirlist: The path list to clean up.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: bool pkgconf_path_relocate(char *buf, size_t buflen)
+
+   Relocates a path, possibly calling normpath() on it.
+
+   :param char* buf: The path to relocate.
+   :param size_t buflen: The buffer length the path is contained in.
+   :return: true on success, false on error
+   :rtype: bool

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/doc/libpkgconf-pkg.rst Added

@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+
+libpkgconf `pkg` module
+=======================
+
+The `pkg` module provides dependency resolution services and the overall `.pc` file parsing
+routines.
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_pkg_dir_list_build(pkgconf_client_t *client)
+
+   Bootstraps the package search paths.  If the ``PKGCONF_PKG_PKGF_ENV_ONLY`` `flag` is set on the client,
+   then only the ``PKG_CONFIG_PATH`` environment variable will be used, otherwise both the
+   ``PKG_CONFIG_PATH`` and ``PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR`` environment variables will be used.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to bootstrap.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: pkgconf_pkg_t *pkgconf_pkg_new_from_file(const pkgconf_client_t *client, const char *filename, FILE *f)
+
+   Parse a .pc file into a pkgconf_pkg_t object structure.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to use for dependency resolution.
+   :param char* filename: The filename of the package file (including full path).
+   :param FILE* f: The file object to read from.
+   :returns: A ``pkgconf_pkg_t`` object which contains the package data.
+   :rtype: pkgconf_pkg_t *
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_pkg_free(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_pkg_t *pkg)
+
+   Releases all releases for a given ``pkgconf_pkg_t`` object.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client which owns the ``pkgconf_pkg_t`` object, `pkg`.
+   :param pkgconf_pkg_t* pkg: The package to free.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: pkgconf_pkg_t *pkgconf_pkg_ref(const pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_pkg_t *pkg)
+
+   Adds an additional reference to the package object.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object which owns the package being referenced.
+   :param pkgconf_pkg_t* pkg: The package object being referenced.
+   :return: The package itself with an incremented reference count.
+   :rtype: pkgconf_pkg_t *
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_pkg_unref(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_pkg_t *pkg)
+
+   Releases a reference on the package object.  If the reference count is 0, then also free the package.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object which owns the package being dereferenced.
+   :param pkgconf_pkg_t* pkg: The package object being dereferenced.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: pkgconf_pkg_t *pkgconf_scan_all(pkgconf_client_t *client, void *data, pkgconf_pkg_iteration_func_t func)
+
+   Iterates over all packages found in the `package directory list`, running ``func`` on them.  If ``func`` returns true,
+   then stop iteration and return the last iterated package.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to use for dependency resolution.
+   :param void* data: An opaque pointer to data to provide the iteration function with.
+   :param pkgconf_pkg_iteration_func_t func: A function which is called for each package to determine if the package matches,
+       always return ``false`` to iterate over all packages.
+   :return: A package object reference if one is found by the scan function, else ``NULL``.
+   :rtype: pkgconf_pkg_t *
+
+.. c:function:: pkgconf_pkg_t *pkgconf_pkg_find(pkgconf_client_t *client, const char *name)
+
+   Search for a package.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to use for dependency resolution.
+   :param char* name: The name of the package `atom` to use for searching.
+   :return: A package object reference if the package was found, else ``NULL``.
+   :rtype: pkgconf_pkg_t *
+
+.. c:function:: int pkgconf_compare_version(const char *a, const char *b)
+
+   Compare versions using RPM version comparison rules as described in the LSB.
+
+   :param char* a: The first version to compare in the pair.
+   :param char* b: The second version to compare in the pair.
+   :return: -1 if the first version is greater, 0 if both versions are equal, 1 if the second version is greater.
+   :rtype: int
+
+.. c:function:: pkgconf_pkg_t *pkgconf_builtin_pkg_get(const char *name)
+
+   Looks up a built-in package.  The package should not be freed or dereferenced.
+
+   :param char* name: An atom corresponding to a built-in package to search for.
+   :return: the built-in package if present, else ``NULL``.
+   :rtype: pkgconf_pkg_t *
+
+.. c:function:: const char *pkgconf_pkg_get_comparator(const pkgconf_dependency_t *pkgdep)
+
+   Returns the comparator used in a depgraph dependency node as a string.
+
+   :param pkgconf_dependency_t* pkgdep: The depgraph dependency node to return the comparator for.
+   :return: A string matching the comparator or ``"???"``.
+   :rtype: char *
+
+.. c:function:: pkgconf_pkg_comparator_t pkgconf_pkg_comparator_lookup_by_name(const char *name)
+
+   Look up the appropriate comparator bytecode in the comparator set (defined
+   in ``pkg.c``, see ``pkgconf_pkg_comparator_names`` and ``pkgconf_pkg_comparator_impls``).
+
+   :param char* name: The comparator to look up by `name`.
+   :return: The comparator bytecode if found, else ``PKGCONF_CMP_ANY``.
+   :rtype: pkgconf_pkg_comparator_t
+
+.. c:function:: pkgconf_pkg_t *pkgconf_pkg_verify_dependency(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_dependency_t *pkgdep, unsigned int *eflags)
+
+   Verify a pkgconf_dependency_t node in the depgraph.  If the dependency is solvable,
+   return the appropriate ``pkgconf_pkg_t`` object, else ``NULL``.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to use for dependency resolution.
+   :param pkgconf_dependency_t* pkgdep: The dependency graph node to solve.
+   :param uint* eflags: An optional pointer that, if set, will be populated with an error code from the resolver.
+   :return: On success, the appropriate ``pkgconf_pkg_t`` object to solve the dependency, else ``NULL``.
+   :rtype: pkgconf_pkg_t *
+
+.. c:function:: unsigned int pkgconf_pkg_verify_graph(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_pkg_t *root, int depth)
+
+   Verify the graph dependency nodes are satisfiable by walking the tree using
+   ``pkgconf_pkg_traverse()``.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to use for dependency resolution.
+   :param pkgconf_pkg_t* root: The root entry in the package dependency graph which should contain the top-level dependencies to resolve.
+   :param int depth: The maximum allowed depth for dependency resolution.
+   :return: On success, ``PKGCONF_PKG_ERRF_OK`` (0), else an error code.
+   :rtype: unsigned int
+
+.. c:function:: unsigned int pkgconf_pkg_traverse(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_pkg_t *root, pkgconf_pkg_traverse_func_t func, void *data, int maxdepth)
+
+   Walk and resolve the dependency graph up to `maxdepth` levels.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to use for dependency resolution.
+   :param pkgconf_pkg_t* root: The root of the dependency graph.
+   :param pkgconf_pkg_traverse_func_t func: A traversal function to call for each resolved node in the dependency graph.
+   :param void* data: An opaque pointer to data to be passed to the traversal function.
+   :param int maxdepth: The maximum depth to walk the dependency graph for.  -1 means infinite recursion.
+   :return: ``PKGCONF_PKG_ERRF_OK`` on success, else an error code.
+   :rtype: unsigned int
+
+.. c:function:: int pkgconf_pkg_cflags(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_pkg_t *root, pkgconf_list_t *list, int maxdepth)
+
+   Walks a dependency graph and extracts relevant ``CFLAGS`` fragments.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to use for dependency resolution.
+   :param pkgconf_pkg_t* root: The root of the dependency graph.
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The fragment list to add the extracted ``CFLAGS`` fragments to.
+   :param int maxdepth: The maximum allowed depth for dependency resolution.  -1 means infinite recursion.
+   :return: ``PKGCONF_PKG_ERRF_OK`` if successful, otherwise an error code.
+   :rtype: unsigned int
+
+.. c:function:: int pkgconf_pkg_libs(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_pkg_t *root, pkgconf_list_t *list, int maxdepth)
+
+   Walks a dependency graph and extracts relevant ``LIBS`` fragments.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to use for dependency resolution.
+   :param pkgconf_pkg_t* root: The root of the dependency graph.
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The fragment list to add the extracted ``LIBS`` fragments to.
+   :param int maxdepth: The maximum allowed depth for dependency resolution.  -1 means infinite recursion.
+   :return: ``PKGCONF_PKG_ERRF_OK`` if successful, otherwise an error code.
+   :rtype: unsigned int

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/doc/libpkgconf-queue.rst Added

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+
+libpkgconf `queue` module
+=========================
+
+The `queue` module provides an interface that allows easily building a dependency graph from an
+arbitrary set of dependencies.  It also provides support for doing "preflight" checks on the entire
+dependency graph prior to working with it.
+
+Using the `queue` module functions is the recommended way of working with dependency graphs.
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_queue_push(pkgconf_list_t *list, const char *package)
+
+   Pushes a requested dependency onto the dependency resolver's queue.
+
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* list: the dependency resolution queue to add the package request to.
+   :param char* package: the dependency atom requested
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: bool pkgconf_queue_compile(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_pkg_t *world, pkgconf_list_t *list)
+
+   Compile a dependency resolution queue into a dependency resolution problem if possible, otherwise report an error.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to use for dependency resolution.
+   :param pkgconf_pkg_t* world: The designated root of the dependency graph.
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The list of dependency requests to consider.
+   :return: true if the built dependency resolution problem is consistent, else false
+   :rtype: bool
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_queue_free(pkgconf_list_t *list)
+
+   Release any memory related to a dependency resolution queue.
+
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The dependency resolution queue to release.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_queue_apply(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_list_t *list, pkgconf_queue_apply_func_t func, int maxdepth, void *data)
+
+   Attempt to compile a dependency resolution queue into a dependency resolution problem, then attempt to solve the problem and
+   feed the solution to a callback function if a complete dependency graph is found.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to use for dependency resolution.
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The list of dependency requests to consider.
+   :param pkgconf_queue_apply_func_t func: The callback function to call if a solution is found by the dependency resolver.
+   :param int maxdepth: The maximum allowed depth for the dependency resolver.  A depth of -1 means unlimited.
+   :param void* data: An opaque pointer which is passed to the callback function.
+   :returns: true if the dependency resolver found a solution, otherwise false.
+   :rtype: bool
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_queue_validate(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_list_t *list, pkgconf_queue_apply_func_t func, int maxdepth, void *data)
+
+   Attempt to compile a dependency resolution queue into a dependency resolution problem, then attempt to solve the problem.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to use for dependency resolution.
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The list of dependency requests to consider.
+   :param int maxdepth: The maximum allowed depth for the dependency resolver.  A depth of -1 means unlimited.
+   :returns: true if the dependency resolver found a solution, otherwise false.
+   :rtype: bool

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/doc/libpkgconf-tuple.rst Added

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+
+libpkgconf `tuple` module
+=========================
+
+The `tuple` module provides key-value mappings backed by a linked list.  The key-value
+mapping is mainly used for variable substitution when parsing .pc files.
+
+There are two sets of mappings: a ``pkgconf_pkg_t`` specific mapping, and a `global` mapping.
+The `tuple` module provides convenience wrappers for managing the `global` mapping, which is
+attached to a given client object.
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_tuple_add_global(pkgconf_client_t *client, const char *key, const char *value)
+
+   Defines a global variable, replacing the previous declaration if one was set.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to modify.
+   :param char* key: The key for the mapping (variable name).
+   :param char* value: The value for the mapped entry.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_tuple_find_global(const pkgconf_client_t *client, const char *key)
+
+   Looks up a global variable.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to access.
+   :param char* key: The key or variable name to look up.
+   :return: the contents of the variable or ``NULL``
+   :rtype: char *
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_tuple_free_global(pkgconf_client_t *client)
+
+   Delete all global variables associated with a pkgconf client object.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to modify.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_tuple_define_global(pkgconf_client_t *client, const char *kv)
+
+   Parse and define a global variable.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to modify.
+   :param char* kv: The variable in the form of ``key=value``.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: pkgconf_tuple_t *pkgconf_tuple_add(const pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_list_t *list, const char *key, const char *value, bool parse)
+
+   Optionally parse and then define a variable.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to access.
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The variable list to add the new variable to.
+   :param char* key: The name of the variable being added.
+   :param char* value: The value of the variable being added.
+   :param bool parse: Whether or not to parse the value for variable substitution.
+   :return: a variable object
+   :rtype: pkgconf_tuple_t *
+
+.. c:function:: char *pkgconf_tuple_find(const pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_list_t *list, const char *key)
+
+   Look up a variable in a variable list.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to access.
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The variable list to search.
+   :param char* key: The variable name to search for.
+   :return: the value of the variable or ``NULL``
+   :rtype: char *
+
+.. c:function:: char *pkgconf_tuple_parse(const pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_list_t *vars, const char *value)
+
+   Parse an expression for variable substitution.
+
+   :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to access.
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The variable list to search for variables (along side the global variable list).
+   :param char* value: The ``key=value`` string to parse.
+   :return: the variable data with any variables substituted
+   :rtype: char *
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_tuple_free_entry(pkgconf_tuple_t *tuple, pkgconf_list_t *list)
+
+   Deletes a variable object, removing it from any variable lists and releasing any memory associated
+   with it.
+
+   :param pkgconf_tuple_t* tuple: The variable object to release.
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The variable list the variable object is attached to.
+   :return: nothing
+
+.. c:function:: void pkgconf_tuple_free(pkgconf_list_t *list)
+
+   Deletes a variable list and any variables attached to it.
+
+   :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The variable list to delete.
+   :return: nothing

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/doc/libpkgconf.rst Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/install-sh Added

@@ -0,0 +1,501 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+
+scriptversion=2013-12-25.23; # UTC
+
+# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
+# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
+# following copyright and license.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
+#
+# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
+# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
+# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
+# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+#
+# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+#
+# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
+# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+#
+# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
+# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
+# tium.
+#
+#
+# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
+#
+# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
+# 'make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# when there is no Makefile.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch.
+
+tab='	'
+nl='
+'
+IFS=" $tab$nl"
+
+# Set DOITPROG to "echo" to test this script.
+
+doit=${DOITPROG-}
+doit_exec=${doit:-exec}
+
+# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
+# or use environment vars.
+
+chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
+chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
+chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
+cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
+cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
+mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
+mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
+rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
+stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
+
+posix_mkdir=
+
+# Desired mode of installed file.
+mode=0755
+
+chgrpcmd=
+chmodcmd=$chmodprog
+chowncmd=
+mvcmd=$mvprog
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+stripcmd=
+
+src=
+dst=
+dir_arg=
+dst_arg=
+
+copy_on_change=false
+is_target_a_directory=possibly
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 OPTION... -T SRCFILE DSTFILE
+   or: $0 OPTION... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
+   or: $0 OPTION... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
+   or: $0 OPTION... -d DIRECTORIES...
+
+In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
+In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
+In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
+
+Options:
+     --help     display this help and exit.
+     --version  display version info and exit.
+
+  -c            (ignored)
+  -C            install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
+  -d            create directories instead of installing files.
+  -g GROUP      $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
+  -m MODE       $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
+  -o USER       $chownprog installed files to USER.
+  -s            $stripprog installed files.
+  -t DIRECTORY  install into DIRECTORY.
+  -T            report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
+
+Environment variables override the default commands:
+  CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
+  RMPROG STRIPPROG
+"
+
+while test $# -ne 0; do
+  case $1 in
+    -c) ;;
+
+    -C) copy_on_change=true;;
+
+    -d) dir_arg=true;;
+
+    -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+        shift;;
+
+    --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
+
+    -m) mode=$2
+        case $mode in
+          *' '* | *"$tab"* | *"$nl"* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *''*)
+            echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
+            exit 1;;
+        esac
+        shift;;
+
+    -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+        shift;;
+
+    -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
+
+    -t)
+        is_target_a_directory=always
+        dst_arg=$2
+        # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
+        case $dst_arg in
+          -* | =!) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
+        esac
+        shift;;
+
+    -T) is_target_a_directory=never;;
+
+    --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
+
+    --) shift
+        break;;
+
+    -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
+        exit 1;;
+
+    *)  break;;
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+# We allow the use of options -d and -T together, by making -d
+# take the precedence; this is for compatibility with GNU install.
+
+if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+  if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
+    echo "$0: target directory not allowed when installing a directory." >&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+fi
+
+if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
+  # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
+  # When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
+  # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination.  Remove it from $@.
+  for arg
+  do
+    if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
+      # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
+      set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
+      shift # fnord
+    fi
+    shift # arg
+    dst_arg=$arg
+    # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
+    case $dst_arg in
+      -* | =!) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
+    esac
+  done
+fi
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+  if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+    echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
+    exit 1

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/libpkgconf Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/libpkgconf.pc.in Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/libpkgconf/argvsplit.c Added

@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/*
+ * argvsplit.c
+ * argv_split() routine
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2012, 2017 pkgconf authors (see AUTHORS).
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * This software is provided 'as is' and without any warranty, express or
+ * implied.  In no event shall the authors be liable for any damages arising
+ * from the use of this software.
+ */
+
+#include <libpkgconf/stdinc.h>
+#include <libpkgconf/libpkgconf.h>
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * libpkgconf `argvsplit` module
+ * =============================
+ *
+ * This is a lowlevel module which provides parsing of strings into argument vectors,
+ * similar to what a shell would do.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: void pkgconf_argv_free(char **argv)
+ *
+ *    Frees an argument vector.
+ *
+ *    :param char** argv: The argument vector to free.
+ *    :return: nothing
+ */
+void
+pkgconf_argv_free(char **argv)
+{
+	free(argv0);
+	free(argv);
+}
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: int pkgconf_argv_split(const char *src, int *argc, char ***argv)
+ *
+ *    Splits a string into an argument vector.
+ *
+ *    :param char*   src: The string to split.
+ *    :param int*    argc: A pointer to an integer to store the argument count.
+ *    :param char*** argv: A pointer to a pointer for an argument vector.
+ *    :return: 0 on success, -1 on error.
+ *    :rtype: int
+ */
+int
+pkgconf_argv_split(const char *src, int *argc, char ***argv)
+{
+	char *buf = malloc(strlen(src) + 1);
+	const char *src_iter;
+	char *dst_iter;
+	int argc_count = 0;
+	int argv_size = 5;
+	char quote = 0;
+	bool escaped = false;
+
+	src_iter = src;
+	dst_iter = buf;
+
+	memset(buf, 0, strlen(src) + 1);
+
+	*argv = calloc(sizeof (void *), argv_size);
+	(*argv)argc_count = dst_iter;
+
+	while (*src_iter)
+	{
+		if (escaped)
+		{
+			/* POSIX: only \CHAR is special inside a double quote if CHAR is {$, `, ", \, newline}. */
+			if (quote == '\"')
+			{
+				if (!(*src_iter == '$' || *src_iter == '`' || *src_iter == '"' || *src_iter == '\\'))
+					*dst_iter++ = '\\';
+
+				*dst_iter++ = *src_iter;
+			}
+			else
+				*dst_iter++ = *src_iter;
+
+			escaped = false;
+		}
+		else if (quote)
+		{
+			if (*src_iter == quote)
+				quote = 0;
+			else if (*src_iter == '\\' && quote != '\'')
+				escaped = true;
+			else
+				*dst_iter++ = *src_iter;
+		}
+		else if (isspace((unsigned int)*src_iter))
+		{
+			if ((*argv)argc_count != NULL)
+			{
+				argc_count++, dst_iter++;
+
+				if (argc_count == argv_size)
+				{
+					argv_size += 5;
+					*argv = realloc(*argv, sizeof(void *) * argv_size);
+				}
+
+				(*argv)argc_count = dst_iter;
+			}
+		}
+		else switch(*src_iter)
+		{
+#ifndef _WIN32
+			case '\\':
+				escaped = true;
+				break;
+#endif
+
+			case '\"':
+			case '\'':
+				quote = *src_iter;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				*dst_iter++ = *src_iter;
+				break;
+		}
+
+		src_iter++;
+	}
+
+	if (escaped || quote)
+	{
+		free(*argv);
+		free(buf);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	if (strlen((*argv)argc_count))
+	{
+		argc_count++;
+	}
+
+	*argc = argc_count;
+	return 0;
+}

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/libpkgconf/audit.c Added

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+ * audit.c
+ * package audit log functions
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 pkgconf authors (see AUTHORS).
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * This software is provided 'as is' and without any warranty, express or
+ * implied.  In no event shall the authors be liable for any damages arising
+ * from the use of this software.
+ */
+
+#include <libpkgconf/libpkgconf.h>
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * libpkgconf `audit` module
+ * =========================
+ *
+ * The libpkgconf `audit` module contains the functions related to attaching an audit log file
+ * to a ``pkgconf_client_t`` object.
+ *
+ * The audit log format is the same as the output generated by the ``PKG_CONFIG_LOG`` environment
+ * variable.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: void pkgconf_audit_set_log(pkgconf_client_t *client, FILE *auditf)
+ *
+ *    Sets the audit log file pointer on `client` to `auditf`.
+ *    The callee is responsible for closing any previous log files.
+ *
+ *    :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object to modify.
+ *    :param FILE* auditf: The file pointer for the already open log file.
+ *    :return: nothing
+ */
+void
+pkgconf_audit_set_log(pkgconf_client_t *client, FILE *auditf)
+{
+	client->auditf = auditf;
+}
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: void pkgconf_audit_log(pkgconf_client_t *client, const char *format, ...)
+ *
+ *    Logs a message to the opened audit log (if any).
+ *
+ *    :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object the log message is for.
+ *    :param char* format: The format string to use for the log messages.
+ *    :return: nothing
+ */
+void
+pkgconf_audit_log(pkgconf_client_t *client, const char *format, ...)
+{
+	va_list va;
+
+	if (client->auditf == NULL)
+		return;
+
+	va_start(va, format);
+	vfprintf(client->auditf, format, va);
+	va_end(va);
+}
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: void pkgconf_audit_log_dependency(pkgconf_client_t *client, const pkgconf_pkg_t *dep, const pkgconf_dependency_t *depnode)
+ *
+ *    Convenience function which logs a dependency node to the opened audit log (if any).
+ *
+ *    :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object the log message is for.
+ *    :param pkgconf_pkg_t* dep: The dependency package object being logged.
+ *    :param pkgconf_dependency_t* depnode: The dependency object itself being logged.
+ *    :return: nothing
+ */
+void
+pkgconf_audit_log_dependency(pkgconf_client_t *client, const pkgconf_pkg_t *dep, const pkgconf_dependency_t *depnode)
+{
+	if (client->auditf == NULL)
+		return;
+
+	fprintf(client->auditf, "%s ", dep->id);
+	if (depnode->version != NULL && depnode->compare != PKGCONF_CMP_ANY)
+	{
+		fprintf(client->auditf, "%s %s ", pkgconf_pkg_get_comparator(depnode), depnode->version);
+	}
+
+	fprintf(client->auditf, "%s\n", dep->version);
+}

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/libpkgconf/bsdstubs.c Added

@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/*	$OpenBSD: strlcpy.c,v 1.10 2005/08/08 08:05:37 espie Exp $	*/
+/*	$OpenBSD: strlcat.c,v 1.12 2005/03/30 20:13:52 otto Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1998 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <libpkgconf/bsdstubs.h>
+#include <libpkgconf/config.h>
+
+#ifndef HAVE_STRLCPY
+/*
+ * Copy src to string dst of size siz.  At most siz-1 characters
+ * will be copied.  Always NUL terminates (unless siz == 0).
+ * Returns strlen(src); if retval >= siz, truncation occurred.
+ */
+static inline size_t
+strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t siz)
+{
+	char *d = dst;
+	const char *s = src;
+	size_t n = siz;
+
+	/* Copy as many bytes as will fit */
+	if (n != 0) {
+		while (--n != 0) {
+			if ((*d++ = *s++) == '\0')
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Not enough room in dst, add NUL and traverse rest of src */
+	if (n == 0) {
+		if (siz != 0)
+			*d = '\0';		/* NUL-terminate dst */
+		while (*s++)
+			;
+	}
+
+	return(s - src - 1);	/* count does not include NUL */
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_STRLCAT
+/*
+ * Appends src to string dst of size siz (unlike strncat, siz is the
+ * full size of dst, not space left).  At most siz-1 characters
+ * will be copied.  Always NUL terminates (unless siz <= strlen(dst)).
+ * Returns strlen(src) + MIN(siz, strlen(initial dst)).
+ * If retval >= siz, truncation occurred.
+ */
+static inline size_t
+strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t siz)
+{
+	char *d = dst;
+	const char *s = src;
+	size_t n = siz;
+	size_t dlen;
+
+	/* Find the end of dst and adjust bytes left but don't go past end */
+	while (n-- != 0 && *d != '\0')
+		d++;
+	dlen = d - dst;
+	n = siz - dlen;
+
+	if (n == 0)
+		return(dlen + strlen(s));
+	while (*s != '\0') {
+		if (n != 1) {
+			*d++ = *s;
+			n--;
+		}
+		s++;
+	}
+	*d = '\0';
+
+	return(dlen + (s - src));	/* count does not include NUL */
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 William Pitcock <nenolod@dereferenced.org>.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * This software is provided 'as is' and without any warranty, express or
+ * implied.  In no event shall the authors be liable for any damages arising
+ * from the use of this software.
+ */
+
+#ifndef HAVE_STRNDUP
+/*
+ * Creates a memory buffer and copies at most 'len' characters to it.
+ * If 'len' is less than the length of the source string, truncation occured.
+ */
+static inline char *
+strndup(const char *src, size_t len)
+{
+	char *out = malloc(len + 1);
+	pkgconf_strlcpy(out, src, len + 1);
+	return out;
+}
+#endif
+
+size_t
+pkgconf_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t siz)
+{
+	return strlcpy(dst, src, siz);
+}
+
+size_t
+pkgconf_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t siz)
+{
+	return strlcat(dst, src, siz);
+}
+
+char *
+pkgconf_strndup(const char *src, size_t len)
+{
+	return strndup(src, len);
+}

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/libpkgconf/bsdstubs.h Added

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/*
+ * bsdstubs.h
+ * Header for stub BSD function prototypes if unavailable on a specific platform.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 William Pitcock <nenolod@dereferenced.org>.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * This software is provided 'as is' and without any warranty, express or
+ * implied.  In no event shall the authors be liable for any damages arising
+ * from the use of this software.
+ */
+
+#ifndef LIBPKGCONF_BSDSTUBS_H
+#define LIBPKGCONF_BSDSTUBS_H
+
+#include <libpkgconf/libpkgconf-api.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+PKGCONF_API extern size_t pkgconf_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t siz);
+PKGCONF_API extern size_t pkgconf_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t siz);
+PKGCONF_API extern char *pkgconf_strndup(const char *src, size_t len);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/libpkgconf/cache.c Added

@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/*
+ * cache.c
+ * package object cache
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2013 pkgconf authors (see AUTHORS).
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * This software is provided 'as is' and without any warranty, express or
+ * implied.  In no event shall the authors be liable for any damages arising
+ * from the use of this software.
+ */
+
+#include <libpkgconf/stdinc.h>
+#include <libpkgconf/libpkgconf.h>
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * libpkgconf `cache` module
+ * =========================
+ *
+ * The libpkgconf `cache` module manages a package/module object cache, allowing it to
+ * avoid loading duplicate copies of a package/module.
+ *
+ * A cache is tied to a specific pkgconf client object, so package objects should not
+ * be shared across threads.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: pkgconf_pkg_t *pkgconf_cache_lookup(const pkgconf_client_t *client, const char *id)
+ *
+ *    Looks up a package in the cache given an `id` atom,
+ *    such as ``gtk+-3.0`` and returns the already loaded version
+ *    if present.
+ *
+ *    :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object to access.
+ *    :param char* id: The package atom to look up in the client object's cache.
+ *    :return: A package object if present, else ``NULL``.
+ *    :rtype: pkgconf_pkg_t *
+ */
+pkgconf_pkg_t *
+pkgconf_cache_lookup(pkgconf_client_t *client, const char *id)
+{
+	pkgconf_node_t *node;
+
+	PKGCONF_FOREACH_LIST_ENTRY(client->pkg_cache.head, node)
+	{
+		pkgconf_pkg_t *pkg = node->data;
+
+		if (!strcmp(pkg->id, id))
+		{
+			PKGCONF_TRACE(client, "found: %s @%p", id, pkg);
+			return pkgconf_pkg_ref(client, pkg);
+		}
+	}
+
+	PKGCONF_TRACE(client, "miss: %s", id);
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: void pkgconf_cache_add(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_pkg_t *pkg)
+ *
+ *    Adds an entry for the package to the package cache.
+ *    The cache entry must be removed if the package is freed.
+ *
+ *    :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object to modify.
+ *    :param pkgconf_pkg_t* pkg: The package object to add to the client object's cache.
+ *    :return: nothing
+ */
+void
+pkgconf_cache_add(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_pkg_t *pkg)
+{
+	if (pkg == NULL)
+		return;
+
+	pkgconf_pkg_ref(client, pkg);
+	pkgconf_node_insert(&pkg->cache_iter, pkg, &client->pkg_cache);
+
+	PKGCONF_TRACE(client, "added @%p to cache", pkg);
+
+	/* mark package as cached */
+	pkg->flags |= PKGCONF_PKG_PROPF_CACHED;
+}
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: void pkgconf_cache_remove(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_pkg_t *pkg)
+ *
+ *    Deletes a package from the client object's package cache.
+ *
+ *    :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object to modify.
+ *    :param pkgconf_pkg_t* pkg: The package object to remove from the client object's cache.
+ *    :return: nothing
+ */
+void
+pkgconf_cache_remove(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_pkg_t *pkg)
+{
+	if (pkg == NULL)
+		return;
+
+	if (!(pkg->flags & PKGCONF_PKG_PROPF_CACHED))
+		return;
+
+	PKGCONF_TRACE(client, "removed @%p from cache", pkg);
+
+	pkgconf_node_delete(&pkg->cache_iter, &client->pkg_cache);
+}
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: void pkgconf_cache_free(pkgconf_client_t *client)
+ *
+ *    Releases all resources related to a client object's package cache.
+ *    This function should only be called to clear a client object's package cache,
+ *    as it may release any package in the cache.
+ *
+ *    :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object to modify.
+ */
+void
+pkgconf_cache_free(pkgconf_client_t *client)
+{
+	pkgconf_node_t *iter, *iter2;
+
+	PKGCONF_FOREACH_LIST_ENTRY_SAFE(client->pkg_cache.head, iter2, iter)
+	{
+		pkgconf_pkg_t *pkg = iter->data;
+		pkgconf_pkg_unref(client, pkg);
+	}
+
+	memset(&client->pkg_cache, 0, sizeof client->pkg_cache);
+
+	PKGCONF_TRACE(client, "cleared package cache");
+}

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/libpkgconf/client.c Added

@@ -0,0 +1,613 @@
+/*
+ * client.c
+ * libpkgconf consumer lifecycle management
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 pkgconf authors (see AUTHORS).
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * This software is provided 'as is' and without any warranty, express or
+ * implied.  In no event shall the authors be liable for any damages arising
+ * from the use of this software.
+ */
+
+#include <libpkgconf/config.h>
+#include <libpkgconf/stdinc.h>
+#include <libpkgconf/libpkgconf.h>
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * libpkgconf `client` module
+ * ==========================
+ *
+ * The libpkgconf `client` module implements the `pkgconf_client_t` "client" object.
+ * Client objects store all necessary state for libpkgconf allowing for multiple instances to run
+ * in parallel.
+ *
+ * Client objects are not thread safe, in other words, a client object should not be shared across
+ * thread boundaries.
+ */
+
+static void
+trace_path_list(const pkgconf_client_t *client, const char *desc, pkgconf_list_t *list)
+{
+	const pkgconf_node_t *n;
+
+	PKGCONF_TRACE(client, "%s:", desc);
+	PKGCONF_FOREACH_LIST_ENTRY(list->head, n)
+	{
+		const pkgconf_path_t *p = n->data;
+
+		PKGCONF_TRACE(client, "  - '%s'", p->path);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: void pkgconf_client_dir_list_build(pkgconf_client_t *client)
+ *
+ *    Bootstraps the package search paths.  If the ``PKGCONF_PKG_PKGF_ENV_ONLY`` `flag` is set on the client,
+ *    then only the ``PKG_CONFIG_PATH`` environment variable will be used, otherwise both the
+ *    ``PKG_CONFIG_PATH`` and ``PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR`` environment variables will be used.
+ *
+ *    :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to bootstrap.
+ *    :return: nothing
+ */
+void
+pkgconf_client_dir_list_build(pkgconf_client_t *client, const pkgconf_cross_personality_t *personality)
+{
+	pkgconf_path_build_from_environ("PKG_CONFIG_PATH", NULL, &client->dir_list, true);
+
+	if (!(client->flags & PKGCONF_PKG_PKGF_ENV_ONLY))
+	{
+		pkgconf_list_t dir_list = PKGCONF_LIST_INITIALIZER;
+		const pkgconf_list_t *prepend_list = &personality->dir_list;
+
+		if (getenv("PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR") != NULL)
+		{
+			/* PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR= should empty the search path entirely. */
+			(void) pkgconf_path_build_from_environ("PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR", NULL, &dir_list, true);
+			prepend_list = &dir_list;
+		}
+
+		pkgconf_path_copy_list(&client->dir_list, prepend_list);
+		pkgconf_path_free(&dir_list);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: void pkgconf_client_init(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_error_handler_func_t error_handler, void *error_handler_data, const pkgconf_cross_personality_t *personality)
+ *
+ *    Initialise a pkgconf client object.
+ *
+ *    :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client to initialise.
+ *    :param pkgconf_error_handler_func_t error_handler: An optional error handler to use for logging errors.
+ *    :param void* error_handler_data: user data passed to optional error handler
+ *    :param pkgconf_cross_personality_t* personality: the cross-compile personality to use for defaults
+ *    :return: nothing
+ */
+void
+pkgconf_client_init(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_error_handler_func_t error_handler, void *error_handler_data, const pkgconf_cross_personality_t *personality)
+{
+	client->error_handler_data = error_handler_data;
+	client->error_handler = error_handler;
+	client->auditf = NULL;
+
+#ifndef PKGCONF_LITE
+	if (client->trace_handler == NULL)
+		pkgconf_client_set_trace_handler(client, NULL, NULL);
+#endif
+
+	pkgconf_client_set_error_handler(client, error_handler, error_handler_data);
+	pkgconf_client_set_warn_handler(client, NULL, NULL);
+
+	pkgconf_client_set_sysroot_dir(client, personality->sysroot_dir);
+	pkgconf_client_set_buildroot_dir(client, NULL);
+	pkgconf_client_set_prefix_varname(client, NULL);
+
+	if(getenv("PKG_CONFIG_SYSTEM_LIBRARY_PATH") == NULL)
+		pkgconf_path_copy_list(&client->filter_libdirs, &personality->filter_libdirs);
+	else
+		pkgconf_path_build_from_environ("PKG_CONFIG_SYSTEM_LIBRARY_PATH", NULL, &client->filter_libdirs, false);
+
+	if(getenv("PKG_CONFIG_SYSTEM_INCLUDE_PATH") == NULL)
+		pkgconf_path_copy_list(&client->filter_includedirs, &personality->filter_includedirs);
+	else
+		pkgconf_path_build_from_environ("PKG_CONFIG_SYSTEM_INCLUDE_PATH", NULL, &client->filter_includedirs, false);
+
+	/* GCC uses these environment variables to define system include paths, so we should check them. */
+#ifdef __HAIKU__
+	pkgconf_path_build_from_environ("BELIBRARIES", NULL, &client->filter_libdirs, false);
+#else
+	pkgconf_path_build_from_environ("LIBRARY_PATH", NULL, &client->filter_libdirs, false);
+#endif
+	pkgconf_path_build_from_environ("CPATH", NULL, &client->filter_includedirs, false);
+	pkgconf_path_build_from_environ("C_INCLUDE_PATH", NULL, &client->filter_includedirs, false);
+	pkgconf_path_build_from_environ("CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH", NULL, &client->filter_includedirs, false);
+	pkgconf_path_build_from_environ("OBJC_INCLUDE_PATH", NULL, &client->filter_includedirs, false);
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+	/* also use the path lists that MSVC uses on windows */
+	pkgconf_path_build_from_environ("INCLUDE", NULL, &client->filter_includedirs, false);
+#endif
+
+	PKGCONF_TRACE(client, "initialized client @%p", client);
+
+	trace_path_list(client, "filtered library paths", &client->filter_libdirs);
+	trace_path_list(client, "filtered include paths", &client->filter_includedirs);
+}
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: pkgconf_client_t* pkgconf_client_new(pkgconf_error_handler_func_t error_handler, void *error_handler_data, const pkgconf_cross_personality_t *personality)
+ *
+ *    Allocate and initialise a pkgconf client object.
+ *
+ *    :param pkgconf_error_handler_func_t error_handler: An optional error handler to use for logging errors.
+ *    :param void* error_handler_data: user data passed to optional error handler
+ *    :param pkgconf_cross_personality_t* personality: cross-compile personality to use
+ *    :return: A pkgconf client object.
+ *    :rtype: pkgconf_client_t*
+ */
+pkgconf_client_t *
+pkgconf_client_new(pkgconf_error_handler_func_t error_handler, void *error_handler_data, const pkgconf_cross_personality_t *personality)
+{
+	pkgconf_client_t *out = calloc(sizeof(pkgconf_client_t), 1);
+	pkgconf_client_init(out, error_handler, error_handler_data, personality);
+	return out;
+}
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: void pkgconf_client_deinit(pkgconf_client_t *client)
+ *
+ *    Release resources belonging to a pkgconf client object.
+ *
+ *    :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client to deinitialise.
+ *    :return: nothing
+ */
+void
+pkgconf_client_deinit(pkgconf_client_t *client)
+{
+	PKGCONF_TRACE(client, "deinit @%p", client);
+
+	if (client->prefix_varname != NULL)
+		free(client->prefix_varname);
+
+	if (client->sysroot_dir != NULL)
+		free(client->sysroot_dir);
+
+	if (client->buildroot_dir != NULL)
+		free(client->buildroot_dir);
+
+	pkgconf_path_free(&client->filter_libdirs);
+	pkgconf_path_free(&client->filter_includedirs);
+
+	pkgconf_tuple_free_global(client);
+	pkgconf_path_free(&client->dir_list);
+	pkgconf_cache_free(client);
+}
+
+/*

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/libpkgconf/config.h.in Added

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* libpkgconf/config.h.in.  Generated from configure.ac by autoheader.  */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_DLFCN_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdio.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDIO_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRING_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strlcat' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRLCAT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strlcpy' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRLCPY
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strndup' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRNDUP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+
+/* Define to the sub-directory where libtool stores uninstalled libraries. */
+#undef LT_OBJDIR
+
+/* Name of package */
+#undef PACKAGE
+
+/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
+#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
+
+/* Define to the full name of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_NAME
+
+/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_STRING
+
+/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
+
+/* Define to the home page for this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_URL
+
+/* Define to the version of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
+
+/* Define to 1 if all of the C90 standard headers exist (not just the ones
+   required in a freestanding environment). This macro is provided for
+   backward compatibility; new code need not use it. */
+#undef STDC_HEADERS
+
+/* Version number of package */
+#undef VERSION
+
+/* Number of bits in a file offset, on hosts where this is settable. */
+#undef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
+
+/* Define for large files, on AIX-style hosts. */
+#undef _LARGE_FILES

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/libpkgconf/config.h.meson Added

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* libpkgconf/config.h.in.  Generated from configure.ac by autoheader.  */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strlcat' function. */
+#mesondefine HAVE_STRLCAT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strlcpy' function. */
+#mesondefine HAVE_STRLCPY
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strndup' function. */
+#mesondefine HAVE_STRNDUP
+
+/* Name of package */
+#mesondefine PACKAGE
+
+/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
+#mesondefine PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
+
+/* Define to the full name of this package. */
+#mesondefine PACKAGE_NAME
+
+/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
+#mesondefine PACKAGE_STRING
+
+/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
+#mesondefine PACKAGE_TARNAME
+
+/* Define to the home page for this package. */
+#mesondefine PACKAGE_URL
+
+/* Define to the version of this package. */
+#mesondefine PACKAGE_VERSION
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
+#mesondefine STDC_HEADERS
+
+/* Version number of package */
+#mesondefine VERSION
+
+/* Enable large inode numbers on Mac OS X 10.5.  */
+#ifndef _DARWIN_USE_64_BIT_INODE
+# define _DARWIN_USE_64_BIT_INODE 1
+#endif
+
+/* Number of bits in a file offset, on hosts where this is settable. */
+#mesondefine _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
+
+/* Define for large files, on AIX-style hosts. */
+#mesondefine _LARGE_FILES
+
+#mesondefine PKG_DEFAULT_PATH
+#mesondefine SYSTEM_INCLUDEDIR
+#mesondefine SYSTEM_LIBDIR
+#mesondefine PERSONALITY_PATH

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/libpkgconf/dependency.c Added

@@ -0,0 +1,380 @@
+/*
+ * dependency.c
+ * dependency parsing and management
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2011, 2012, 2013 pkgconf authors (see AUTHORS).
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * This software is provided 'as is' and without any warranty, express or
+ * implied.  In no event shall the authors be liable for any damages arising
+ * from the use of this software.
+ */
+
+#include <libpkgconf/stdinc.h>
+#include <libpkgconf/libpkgconf.h>
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * libpkgconf `dependency` module
+ * ==============================
+ *
+ * The `dependency` module provides support for building `dependency lists` (the basic component of the overall `dependency graph`) and
+ * `dependency nodes` which store dependency information.
+ */
+
+typedef enum {
+	OUTSIDE_MODULE = 0,
+	INSIDE_MODULE_NAME = 1,
+	BEFORE_OPERATOR = 2,
+	INSIDE_OPERATOR = 3,
+	AFTER_OPERATOR = 4,
+	INSIDE_VERSION = 5
+} parse_state_t;
+
+#define DEBUG_PARSE 0
+
+static const char *
+dependency_to_str(const pkgconf_dependency_t *dep, char *buf, size_t buflen)
+{
+	pkgconf_strlcpy(buf, dep->package, buflen);
+	if (dep->version != NULL)
+	{
+		pkgconf_strlcat(buf, " ", buflen);
+		pkgconf_strlcat(buf, pkgconf_pkg_get_comparator(dep), buflen);
+		pkgconf_strlcat(buf, " ", buflen);
+		pkgconf_strlcat(buf, dep->version, buflen);
+	}
+
+	return buf;
+}
+
+/* find a colliding dependency that is coloured differently */
+static inline pkgconf_dependency_t *
+find_colliding_dependency(const pkgconf_dependency_t *dep, const pkgconf_list_t *list)
+{
+	const pkgconf_node_t *n;
+
+	PKGCONF_FOREACH_LIST_ENTRY(list->head, n)
+	{
+		pkgconf_dependency_t *dep2 = n->data;
+
+		if (strcmp(dep->package, dep2->package))
+			continue;
+
+		if (dep->flags != dep2->flags)
+			return dep2;
+	}
+
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline pkgconf_dependency_t *
+add_or_replace_dependency_node(const pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_dependency_t *dep, pkgconf_list_t *list)
+{
+	char depbufPKGCONF_ITEM_SIZE;
+	pkgconf_dependency_t *dep2 = find_colliding_dependency(dep, list);
+
+	/* there is already a node in the graph which describes this dependency */
+	if (dep2 != NULL)
+	{
+		char depbuf2PKGCONF_ITEM_SIZE;
+
+		PKGCONF_TRACE(client, "dependency collision: %s/%x -- %s/%x",
+			      dependency_to_str(dep, depbuf, sizeof depbuf), dep->flags,
+			      dependency_to_str(dep2, depbuf2, sizeof depbuf2), dep2->flags);
+
+		/* prefer the uncoloured node, either dep or dep2 */
+		if (dep->flags && dep2->flags == 0)
+		{
+			PKGCONF_TRACE(client, "dropping dependency %s@%p because of collision", depbuf, dep);
+
+			free(dep);
+			return NULL;
+		}
+		else if (dep2->flags && dep->flags == 0)
+		{
+			PKGCONF_TRACE(client, "dropping dependency %s@%p because of collision", depbuf2, dep2);
+
+			pkgconf_node_delete(&dep2->iter, list);
+			free(dep2);
+		}
+		else
+			/* If both dependencies have equal strength, we keep both, because of situations like:
+			 *    Requires: foo > 1, foo < 3
+			 *
+			 * If the situation is that both dependencies are literally equal, it is still harmless because
+			 * fragment deduplication will handle the excessive fragments.
+			 */
+			PKGCONF_TRACE(client, "keeping both dependencies (harmless)");
+	}
+
+	PKGCONF_TRACE(client, "added dependency %s to list @%p; flags=%x", dependency_to_str(dep, depbuf, sizeof depbuf), list, dep->flags);
+	pkgconf_node_insert_tail(&dep->iter, dep, list);
+
+	return dep;
+}
+
+static inline pkgconf_dependency_t *
+pkgconf_dependency_addraw(const pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_list_t *list, const char *package, size_t package_sz, const char *version, size_t version_sz, pkgconf_pkg_comparator_t compare, unsigned int flags)
+{
+	pkgconf_dependency_t *dep;
+
+	dep = calloc(sizeof(pkgconf_dependency_t), 1);
+	dep->package = pkgconf_strndup(package, package_sz);
+
+	if (version_sz != 0)
+		dep->version = pkgconf_strndup(version, version_sz);
+
+	dep->compare = compare;
+	dep->flags = flags;
+
+	return add_or_replace_dependency_node(client, dep, list);
+}
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: pkgconf_dependency_t *pkgconf_dependency_add(pkgconf_list_t *list, const char *package, const char *version, pkgconf_pkg_comparator_t compare)
+ *
+ *    Adds a parsed dependency to a dependency list as a dependency node.
+ *
+ *    :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The client object that owns the package this dependency list belongs to.
+ *    :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The dependency list to add a dependency node to.
+ *    :param char* package: The package `atom` to set on the dependency node.
+ *    :param char* version: The package `version` to set on the dependency node.
+ *    :param pkgconf_pkg_comparator_t compare: The comparison operator to set on the dependency node.
+ *    :param uint flags: Any flags to attach to the dependency node.
+ *    :return: A dependency node.
+ *    :rtype: pkgconf_dependency_t *
+ */
+pkgconf_dependency_t *
+pkgconf_dependency_add(const pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_list_t *list, const char *package, const char *version, pkgconf_pkg_comparator_t compare, unsigned int flags)
+{
+	if (version != NULL)
+		return pkgconf_dependency_addraw(client, list, package, strlen(package), version, strlen(version), compare, flags);
+
+	return pkgconf_dependency_addraw(client, list, package, strlen(package), NULL, 0, compare, flags);
+}
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: void pkgconf_dependency_append(pkgconf_list_t *list, pkgconf_dependency_t *tail)
+ *
+ *    Adds a dependency node to a pre-existing dependency list.
+ *
+ *    :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The dependency list to add a dependency node to.
+ *    :param pkgconf_dependency_t* tail: The dependency node to add to the tail of the dependency list.
+ *    :return: nothing
+ */
+void
+pkgconf_dependency_append(pkgconf_list_t *list, pkgconf_dependency_t *tail)
+{
+	pkgconf_node_insert_tail(&tail->iter, tail, list);
+}
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: void pkgconf_dependency_free(pkgconf_list_t *list)
+ *
+ *    Release a dependency list and it's child dependency nodes.
+ *
+ *    :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The dependency list to release.
+ *    :return: nothing
+ */
+void
+pkgconf_dependency_free(pkgconf_list_t *list)
+{
+	pkgconf_node_t *node, *next;
+
+	PKGCONF_FOREACH_LIST_ENTRY_SAFE(list->head, next, node)
+	{
+		pkgconf_dependency_t *dep = node->data;
+
+		if (dep->match != NULL)

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/libpkgconf/fileio.c Added

@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/*
+ * fileio.c
+ * File reading utilities
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 pkgconf authors (see AUTHORS).
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * This software is provided 'as is' and without any warranty, express or
+ * implied.  In no event shall the authors be liable for any damages arising
+ * from the use of this software.
+ */
+
+#include <libpkgconf/stdinc.h>
+#include <libpkgconf/libpkgconf.h>
+
+char *
+pkgconf_fgetline(char *line, size_t size, FILE *stream)
+{
+	char *s = line;
+	char *end = line + size - 2;
+	bool quoted = false;
+	int c = '\0', c2;
+
+	if (s == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+
+	while (s < end && (c = getc(stream)) != EOF)
+	{
+		if (c == '\\' && !quoted)
+		{
+			quoted = true;
+			continue;
+		}
+		else if (c == '#')
+		{
+			if (!quoted) {
+				/* Skip the rest of the line */
+				do {
+					c = getc(stream);
+				} while (c != '\n' && c != EOF);
+				*s++ = c;
+				break;
+			}
+			else
+				*s++ = c;
+
+			quoted = false;
+			continue;
+		}
+		else if (c == '\n')
+		{
+			if (quoted)
+			{
+				/* Trim spaces */
+				do {
+					c2 = getc(stream);
+				} while (c2 == '\t' || c2 == ' ');
+
+				ungetc(c2, stream);
+
+				quoted = false;
+				continue;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				*s++ = c;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		}
+		else if (c == '\r')
+		{
+			*s++ = '\n';
+
+			if ((c2 = getc(stream)) == '\n')
+			{
+				if (quoted)
+				{
+					quoted = false;
+					continue;
+				}
+
+				break;
+			}
+
+			ungetc(c2, stream);
+
+			if (quoted)
+			{
+				quoted = false;
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			break;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if (quoted) {
+				*s++ = '\\';
+				quoted = false;
+			}
+			*s++ = c;
+		}
+
+	}
+
+	if (c == EOF && (s == line || ferror(stream)))
+		return NULL;
+
+	*s = '\0';
+
+	/* Remove newline character. */
+	if (s > line && *(--s) == '\n') {
+		*s = '\0';
+
+		if (s > line && *(--s) == '\r')
+			*s = '\0';
+	}
+
+	return line;
+}

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/libpkgconf/fragment.c Added

@@ -0,0 +1,703 @@
+/*
+ * fragment.c
+ * Management of fragment lists.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2012, 2013, 2014 pkgconf authors (see AUTHORS).
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * This software is provided 'as is' and without any warranty, express or
+ * implied.  In no event shall the authors be liable for any damages arising
+ * from the use of this software.
+ */
+
+#include <libpkgconf/stdinc.h>
+#include <libpkgconf/libpkgconf.h>
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * libpkgconf `fragment` module
+ * ============================
+ *
+ * The `fragment` module provides low-level management and rendering of fragment lists.  A
+ * `fragment list` contains various `fragments` of text (such as ``-I /usr/include``) in a matter
+ * which is composable, mergeable and reorderable.
+ */
+
+struct pkgconf_fragment_check {
+	char *token;
+	size_t len;
+};
+
+static inline bool
+pkgconf_fragment_is_unmergeable(const char *string)
+{
+	static const struct pkgconf_fragment_check check_fragments = {
+		{"-framework", 10},
+		{"-isystem", 8},
+		{"-idirafter", 10},
+		{"-pthread", 8},
+		{"-Wa,", 4},
+		{"-Wl,", 4},
+		{"-Wp,", 4},
+		{"-trigraphs", 10},
+		{"-pedantic", 9},
+		{"-ansi", 5},
+		{"-std=", 5},
+		{"-stdlib=", 8},
+		{"-include", 8},
+		{"-nostdinc", 9},
+		{"-nostdlibinc", 12},
+		{"-nobuiltininc", 13},
+	};
+
+	if (*string != '-')
+		return true;
+
+	for (size_t i = 0; i < PKGCONF_ARRAY_SIZE(check_fragments); i++)
+		if (!strncmp(string, check_fragmentsi.token, check_fragmentsi.len))
+			return true;
+
+	/* only one pair of {-flag, arg} may be merged together */
+	if (strchr(string, ' ') != NULL)
+		return false;
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+static inline bool
+pkgconf_fragment_should_munge(const char *string, const char *sysroot_dir)
+{
+	if (*string != '/')
+		return false;
+
+	if (sysroot_dir != NULL && strncmp(sysroot_dir, string, strlen(sysroot_dir)))
+		return true;
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+static inline bool
+pkgconf_fragment_is_special(const char *string)
+{
+	if (*string != '-')
+		return true;
+
+	if (!strncmp(string, "-lib:", 5))
+		return true;
+
+	return pkgconf_fragment_is_unmergeable(string);
+}
+
+static inline void
+pkgconf_fragment_munge(const pkgconf_client_t *client, char *buf, size_t buflen, const char *source, const char *sysroot_dir)
+{
+	*buf = '\0';
+
+	if (sysroot_dir == NULL)
+		sysroot_dir = pkgconf_tuple_find_global(client, "pc_sysrootdir");
+
+	if (sysroot_dir != NULL && pkgconf_fragment_should_munge(source, sysroot_dir))
+		pkgconf_strlcat(buf, sysroot_dir, buflen);
+
+	pkgconf_strlcat(buf, source, buflen);
+
+	if (*buf == '/' && !(client->flags & PKGCONF_PKG_PKGF_DONT_RELOCATE_PATHS))
+		pkgconf_path_relocate(buf, buflen);
+}
+
+static inline char *
+pkgconf_fragment_copy_munged(const pkgconf_client_t *client, const char *source)
+{
+	char mungebufPKGCONF_ITEM_SIZE;
+	pkgconf_fragment_munge(client, mungebuf, sizeof mungebuf, source, client->sysroot_dir);
+	return strdup(mungebuf);
+}
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: void pkgconf_fragment_add(const pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_list_t *list, const char *string)
+ *
+ *    Adds a `fragment` of text to a `fragment list`, possibly modifying the fragment if a sysroot is set.
+ *
+ *    :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client being accessed.
+ *    :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The fragment list.
+ *    :param char* string: The string of text to add as a fragment to the fragment list.
+ *    :return: nothing
+ */
+void
+pkgconf_fragment_add(const pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_list_t *list, const char *string)
+{
+	pkgconf_fragment_t *frag;
+
+	if (*string == '\0')
+		return;
+
+	if (strlen(string) > 1 && !pkgconf_fragment_is_special(string))
+	{
+		frag = calloc(sizeof(pkgconf_fragment_t), 1);
+
+		frag->type = *(string + 1);
+		frag->data = pkgconf_fragment_copy_munged(client, string + 2);
+
+		PKGCONF_TRACE(client, "added fragment {%c, '%s'} to list @%p", frag->type, frag->data, list);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		char mungebufPKGCONF_ITEM_SIZE;
+
+		if (list->tail != NULL && list->tail->data != NULL &&
+		    !(client->flags & PKGCONF_PKG_PKGF_DONT_MERGE_SPECIAL_FRAGMENTS))
+		{
+			pkgconf_fragment_t *parent = list->tail->data;
+
+			/* only attempt to merge 'special' fragments together */
+			if (!parent->type && pkgconf_fragment_is_unmergeable(parent->data))
+			{
+				size_t len;
+				char *newdata;
+
+				pkgconf_fragment_munge(client, mungebuf, sizeof mungebuf, string, NULL);
+
+				len = strlen(parent->data) + strlen(mungebuf) + 2;
+				newdata = malloc(len);
+
+				pkgconf_strlcpy(newdata, parent->data, len);
+				pkgconf_strlcat(newdata, " ", len);
+				pkgconf_strlcat(newdata, mungebuf, len);
+
+				PKGCONF_TRACE(client, "merging '%s' to '%s' to form fragment {'%s'} in list @%p", mungebuf, parent->data, newdata, list);
+
+				free(parent->data);
+				parent->data = newdata;
+				parent->merged = true;
+
+				/* use a copy operation to force a dedup */
+				pkgconf_node_delete(&parent->iter, list);
+				pkgconf_fragment_copy(client, list, parent, false);
+
+				/* the fragment list now (maybe) has the copied node, so free the original */
+				free(parent->data);
+				free(parent);
+
+				return;
+			}
+		}
+
+		frag = calloc(sizeof(pkgconf_fragment_t), 1);
+
+		frag->type = 0;
+		frag->data = strdup(string);
+
+		PKGCONF_TRACE(client, "created special fragment {'%s'} in list @%p", frag->data, list);
+	}
+
+	pkgconf_node_insert_tail(&frag->iter, frag, list);

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/libpkgconf/iter.h Added

@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/*
+ * iter.h
+ * Linked lists and iterators.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2013 pkgconf authors (see AUTHORS).
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * This software is provided 'as is' and without any warranty, express or
+ * implied.  In no event shall the authors be liable for any damages arising
+ * from the use of this software.
+ */
+
+#ifndef LIBPKGCONF_ITER_H
+#define LIBPKGCONF_ITER_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct pkgconf_node_ pkgconf_node_t;
+
+struct pkgconf_node_ {
+	pkgconf_node_t *prev, *next;
+	void *data;
+};
+
+typedef struct {
+	pkgconf_node_t *head, *tail;
+	size_t length;
+} pkgconf_list_t;
+
+#define PKGCONF_LIST_INITIALIZER		{ NULL, NULL, 0 }
+
+static inline void
+pkgconf_node_insert(pkgconf_node_t *node, void *data, pkgconf_list_t *list)
+{
+	pkgconf_node_t *tnode;
+
+	node->data = data;
+
+	if (list->head == NULL)
+	{
+		list->head = node;
+		list->tail = node;
+		list->length = 1;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	tnode = list->head;
+
+	node->next = tnode;
+	tnode->prev = node;
+
+	list->head = node;
+	list->length++;
+}
+
+static inline void
+pkgconf_node_insert_tail(pkgconf_node_t *node, void *data, pkgconf_list_t *list)
+{
+	pkgconf_node_t *tnode;
+
+	node->data = data;
+
+	if (list->tail == NULL)
+	{
+		list->head = node;
+		list->tail = node;
+		list->length = 1;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	tnode = list->tail;
+
+	node->prev = tnode;
+	tnode->next = node;
+
+	list->tail = node;
+	list->length++;
+}
+
+static inline void
+pkgconf_node_delete(pkgconf_node_t *node, pkgconf_list_t *list)
+{
+	list->length--;
+
+	if (node->prev == NULL)
+		list->head = node->next;
+	else
+		node->prev->next = node->next;
+
+	if (node->next == NULL)
+		list->tail = node->prev;
+	else
+		node->next->prev = node->prev;
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/libpkgconf/libpkgconf-api.h Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/libpkgconf/libpkgconf.h Added

@@ -0,0 +1,393 @@
+/*
+ * libpkgconf.h
+ * Global include file for everything in libpkgconf.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2011, 2015 pkgconf authors (see AUTHORS).
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * This software is provided 'as is' and without any warranty, express or
+ * implied.  In no event shall the authors be liable for any damages arising
+ * from the use of this software.
+ */
+
+#ifndef LIBPKGCONF__LIBPKGCONF_H
+#define LIBPKGCONF__LIBPKGCONF_H
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <libpkgconf/libpkgconf-api.h>
+#include <libpkgconf/iter.h>
+#include <libpkgconf/bsdstubs.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* pkg-config uses ';' on win32 as ':' is part of path */
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#define PKG_CONFIG_PATH_SEP_S   ";"
+#else
+#define PKG_CONFIG_PATH_SEP_S   ":"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#define PKG_DIR_SEP_S   '\\'
+#else
+#define PKG_DIR_SEP_S   '/'
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#define realpath(N,R) _fullpath((R),(N),_MAX_PATH)
+#endif
+
+#define PKGCONF_BUFSIZE	(65535)
+
+typedef enum {
+	PKGCONF_CMP_NOT_EQUAL,
+	PKGCONF_CMP_ANY,
+	PKGCONF_CMP_LESS_THAN,
+	PKGCONF_CMP_LESS_THAN_EQUAL,
+	PKGCONF_CMP_EQUAL,
+	PKGCONF_CMP_GREATER_THAN,
+	PKGCONF_CMP_GREATER_THAN_EQUAL
+} pkgconf_pkg_comparator_t;
+
+#define PKGCONF_CMP_COUNT 7
+
+typedef struct pkgconf_pkg_ pkgconf_pkg_t;
+typedef struct pkgconf_dependency_ pkgconf_dependency_t;
+typedef struct pkgconf_tuple_ pkgconf_tuple_t;
+typedef struct pkgconf_fragment_ pkgconf_fragment_t;
+typedef struct pkgconf_path_ pkgconf_path_t;
+typedef struct pkgconf_client_ pkgconf_client_t;
+typedef struct pkgconf_cross_personality_ pkgconf_cross_personality_t;
+
+#define PKGCONF_ARRAY_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof(*(x)))
+
+#define PKGCONF_FOREACH_LIST_ENTRY(head, value) \
+	for ((value) = (head); (value) != NULL; (value) = (value)->next)
+
+#define PKGCONF_FOREACH_LIST_ENTRY_SAFE(head, nextiter, value) \
+	for ((value) = (head), (nextiter) = (head) != NULL ? (head)->next : NULL; (value) != NULL; (value) = (nextiter), (nextiter) = (nextiter) != NULL ? (nextiter)->next : NULL)
+
+#define PKGCONF_FOREACH_LIST_ENTRY_REVERSE(tail, value) \
+	for ((value) = (tail); (value) != NULL; (value) = (value)->prev)
+
+#define LIBPKGCONF_VERSION	10700
+#define LIBPKGCONF_VERSION_STR	"1.7.0"
+
+struct pkgconf_fragment_ {
+	pkgconf_node_t iter;
+
+	char type;
+	char *data;
+
+	bool merged;
+};
+
+struct pkgconf_dependency_ {
+	pkgconf_node_t iter;
+
+	char *package;
+	pkgconf_pkg_comparator_t compare;
+	char *version;
+	pkgconf_pkg_t *parent;
+	pkgconf_pkg_t *match;
+
+	unsigned int flags;
+};
+
+struct pkgconf_tuple_ {
+	pkgconf_node_t iter;
+
+	char *key;
+	char *value;
+};
+
+struct pkgconf_path_ {
+	pkgconf_node_t lnode;
+
+	char *path;
+	void *handle_path;
+	void *handle_device;
+};
+
+#define PKGCONF_PKG_PROPF_NONE			0x00
+#define PKGCONF_PKG_PROPF_STATIC		0x01
+#define PKGCONF_PKG_PROPF_CACHED		0x02
+#define PKGCONF_PKG_PROPF_SEEN			0x04
+#define PKGCONF_PKG_PROPF_UNINSTALLED		0x08
+#define PKGCONF_PKG_PROPF_VIRTUAL		0x10
+
+struct pkgconf_pkg_ {
+	pkgconf_node_t cache_iter;
+
+	int refcount;
+	char *id;
+	char *filename;
+	char *realname;
+	char *version;
+	char *description;
+	char *url;
+	char *pc_filedir;
+
+	pkgconf_list_t libs;
+	pkgconf_list_t libs_private;
+	pkgconf_list_t cflags;
+	pkgconf_list_t cflags_private;
+
+	pkgconf_list_t required;		/* this used to be requires but that is now a reserved keyword */
+	pkgconf_list_t requires_private;
+	pkgconf_list_t conflicts;
+	pkgconf_list_t provides;
+
+	pkgconf_list_t vars;
+
+	unsigned int flags;
+
+	pkgconf_client_t *owner;
+
+	/* these resources are owned by the package and do not need special management,
+	 * under no circumstance attempt to allocate or free objects belonging to these pointers
+	 */
+	pkgconf_tuple_t *orig_prefix;
+	pkgconf_tuple_t *prefix;
+};
+
+typedef bool (*pkgconf_pkg_iteration_func_t)(const pkgconf_pkg_t *pkg, void *data);
+typedef void (*pkgconf_pkg_traverse_func_t)(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_pkg_t *pkg, void *data);
+typedef bool (*pkgconf_queue_apply_func_t)(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_pkg_t *world, void *data, int maxdepth);
+typedef bool (*pkgconf_error_handler_func_t)(const char *msg, const pkgconf_client_t *client, const void *data);
+
+struct pkgconf_client_ {
+	pkgconf_list_t dir_list;
+	pkgconf_list_t pkg_cache;
+
+	pkgconf_list_t filter_libdirs;
+	pkgconf_list_t filter_includedirs;
+
+	pkgconf_list_t global_vars;
+
+	void *error_handler_data;
+	void *warn_handler_data;
+	void *trace_handler_data;
+
+	pkgconf_error_handler_func_t error_handler;
+	pkgconf_error_handler_func_t warn_handler;
+	pkgconf_error_handler_func_t trace_handler;
+
+	FILE *auditf;
+
+	char *sysroot_dir;
+	char *buildroot_dir;
+
+	unsigned int flags;
+
+	char *prefix_varname;
+
+	bool already_sent_notice;
+};
+
+struct pkgconf_cross_personality_ {
+	const char *name;
+
+	pkgconf_list_t dir_list;

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/libpkgconf/meson.build Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/libpkgconf/parser.c Added

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+ * parser.c
+ * rfc822 message parser
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2018 pkgconf authors (see AUTHORS).
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * This software is provided 'as is' and without any warranty, express or
+ * implied.  In no event shall the authors be liable for any damages arising
+ * from the use of this software.
+ */
+
+#include <libpkgconf/config.h>
+#include <libpkgconf/stdinc.h>
+#include <libpkgconf/libpkgconf.h>
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: pkgconf_pkg_t *pkgconf_pkg_new_from_file(const pkgconf_client_t *client, const char *filename, FILE *f)
+ *
+ *    Parse a .pc file into a pkgconf_pkg_t object structure.
+ *
+ *    :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to use for dependency resolution.
+ *    :param char* filename: The filename of the package file (including full path).
+ *    :param FILE* f: The file object to read from.
+ *    :returns: A ``pkgconf_pkg_t`` object which contains the package data.
+ *    :rtype: pkgconf_pkg_t *
+ */
+void
+pkgconf_parser_parse(FILE *f, void *data, const pkgconf_parser_operand_func_t *ops, const pkgconf_parser_warn_func_t warnfunc, const char *filename)
+{
+	char readbufPKGCONF_BUFSIZE;
+	size_t lineno = 0;
+
+	while (pkgconf_fgetline(readbuf, PKGCONF_BUFSIZE, f) != NULL)
+	{
+		char op, *p, *key, *value;
+		bool warned_key_whitespace = false, warned_value_whitespace = false;
+
+		lineno++;
+
+		p = readbuf;
+		while (*p && (isalpha((unsigned int)*p) || isdigit((unsigned int)*p) || *p == '_' || *p == '.'))
+			p++;
+
+		key = readbuf;
+		if (!isalpha((unsigned int)*key) && !isdigit((unsigned int)*p))
+			continue;
+
+		while (*p && isspace((unsigned int)*p))
+		{
+			if (!warned_key_whitespace)
+			{
+				warnfunc(data, "%s:" SIZE_FMT_SPECIFIER ": warning: whitespace encountered while parsing key section\n",
+					filename, lineno);
+				warned_key_whitespace = true;
+			}
+
+			/* set to null to avoid trailing spaces in key */
+			*p = '\0';
+			p++;
+		}
+
+		op = *p;
+		if (*p != '\0')
+		{
+			*p = '\0';
+			p++;
+		}
+
+		while (*p && isspace((unsigned int)*p))
+			p++;
+
+		value = p;
+		p = value + (strlen(value) - 1);
+		while (*p && isspace((unsigned int) *p) && p > value)
+		{
+			if (!warned_value_whitespace && op == '=')
+			{
+				warnfunc(data, "%s:" SIZE_FMT_SPECIFIER ": warning: trailing whitespace encountered while parsing value section\n",
+					filename, lineno);
+				warned_value_whitespace = true;
+			}
+
+			*p = '\0';
+			p--;
+		}
+
+		if (ops(unsigned char) op)
+			ops(unsigned char) op(data, lineno, key, value);
+	}
+
+	fclose(f);
+}

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/libpkgconf/path.c Added

@@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
+/*
+ * path.c
+ * filesystem path management
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 pkgconf authors (see AUTHORS).
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * This software is provided 'as is' and without any warranty, express or
+ * implied.  In no event shall the authors be liable for any damages arising
+ * from the use of this software.
+ */
+
+#include <libpkgconf/config.h>
+#include <libpkgconf/stdinc.h>
+#include <libpkgconf/libpkgconf.h>
+
+#if defined(HAVE_SYS_STAT_H) && ! defined(_WIN32)
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+# define PKGCONF_CACHE_INODES
+#endif
+
+static bool
+#ifdef PKGCONF_CACHE_INODES
+path_list_contains_entry(const char *text, pkgconf_list_t *dirlist, struct stat *st)
+#else
+path_list_contains_entry(const char *text, pkgconf_list_t *dirlist)
+#endif
+{
+	pkgconf_node_t *n;
+
+	PKGCONF_FOREACH_LIST_ENTRY(dirlist->head, n)
+	{
+		pkgconf_path_t *pn = n->data;
+
+#ifdef PKGCONF_CACHE_INODES
+		if (pn->handle_device == (void *)(intptr_t)st->st_dev && pn->handle_path == (void *)(intptr_t)st->st_ino)
+			return true;
+#endif
+
+		if (!strcmp(text, pn->path))
+			return true;
+	}
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * libpkgconf `path` module
+ * ========================
+ *
+ * The `path` module provides functions for manipulating lists of paths in a cross-platform manner.  Notably,
+ * it is used by the `pkgconf client` to parse the ``PKG_CONFIG_PATH``, ``PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR`` and related environment
+ * variables.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: void pkgconf_path_add(const char *text, pkgconf_list_t *dirlist)
+ *
+ *    Adds a path node to a path list.  If the path is already in the list, do nothing.
+ *
+ *    :param char* text: The path text to add as a path node.
+ *    :param pkgconf_list_t* dirlist: The path list to add the path node to.
+ *    :param bool filter: Whether to perform duplicate filtering.
+ *    :return: nothing
+ */
+void
+pkgconf_path_add(const char *text, pkgconf_list_t *dirlist, bool filter)
+{
+	pkgconf_path_t *node;
+	char pathPKGCONF_ITEM_SIZE;
+
+	pkgconf_strlcpy(path, text, sizeof path);
+	pkgconf_path_relocate(path, sizeof path);
+
+#ifdef PKGCONF_CACHE_INODES
+	struct stat st;
+
+	if (filter)
+	{
+		if (lstat(path, &st) == -1)
+			return;
+		if (S_ISLNK(st.st_mode))
+		{
+			char pathbufPKGCONF_ITEM_SIZE * 4;
+			char *linkdest = realpath(path, pathbuf);
+
+			if (linkdest != NULL && stat(linkdest, &st) == -1)
+				return;
+		}
+		if (path_list_contains_entry(path, dirlist, &st))
+			return;
+	}
+#else
+	if (filter && path_list_contains_entry(path, dirlist))
+		return;
+#endif
+
+	node = calloc(sizeof(pkgconf_path_t), 1);
+	node->path = strdup(path);
+
+#ifdef PKGCONF_CACHE_INODES
+	if (filter) {
+		node->handle_path = (void *)(intptr_t) st.st_ino;
+		node->handle_device = (void *)(intptr_t) st.st_dev;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	pkgconf_node_insert_tail(&node->lnode, node, dirlist);
+}
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: size_t pkgconf_path_split(const char *text, pkgconf_list_t *dirlist)
+ *
+ *    Splits a given text input and inserts paths into a path list.
+ *
+ *    :param char* text: The path text to split and add as path nodes.
+ *    :param pkgconf_list_t* dirlist: The path list to have the path nodes added to.
+ *    :param bool filter: Whether to perform duplicate filtering.
+ *    :return: number of path nodes added to the path list
+ *    :rtype: size_t
+ */
+size_t
+pkgconf_path_split(const char *text, pkgconf_list_t *dirlist, bool filter)
+{
+	size_t count = 0;
+	char *workbuf, *p, *iter;
+
+	if (text == NULL)
+		return 0;
+
+	iter = workbuf = strdup(text);
+	while ((p = strtok(iter, PKG_CONFIG_PATH_SEP_S)) != NULL)
+	{
+		pkgconf_path_add(p, dirlist, filter);
+
+		count++, iter = NULL;
+	}
+	free(workbuf);
+
+	return count;
+}
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: size_t pkgconf_path_build_from_environ(const char *envvarname, const char *fallback, pkgconf_list_t *dirlist)
+ *
+ *    Adds the paths specified in an environment variable to a path list.  If the environment variable is not set,
+ *    an optional default set of paths is added.
+ *
+ *    :param char* envvarname: The environment variable to look up.
+ *    :param char* fallback: The fallback paths to use if the environment variable is not set.
+ *    :param pkgconf_list_t* dirlist: The path list to add the path nodes to.
+ *    :param bool filter: Whether to perform duplicate filtering.
+ *    :return: number of path nodes added to the path list
+ *    :rtype: size_t
+ */
+size_t
+pkgconf_path_build_from_environ(const char *envvarname, const char *fallback, pkgconf_list_t *dirlist, bool filter)
+{
+	const char *data;
+
+	data = getenv(envvarname);
+	if (data != NULL)
+		return pkgconf_path_split(data, dirlist, filter);
+
+	if (fallback != NULL)
+		return pkgconf_path_split(fallback, dirlist, filter);
+
+	/* no fallback and no environment variable, thusly no nodes added */
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: bool pkgconf_path_match_list(const char *path, const pkgconf_list_t *dirlist)
+ *
+ *    Checks whether a path has a matching prefix in a path list.
+ *
+ *    :param char* path: The path to check against a path list.
+ *    :param pkgconf_list_t* dirlist: The path list to check the path against.
+ *    :return: true if the path list has a matching prefix, otherwise false
+ *    :rtype: bool
+ */
+bool
+pkgconf_path_match_list(const char *path, const pkgconf_list_t *dirlist)
+{
+	pkgconf_node_t *n = NULL;
+	char relocatedPKGCONF_ITEM_SIZE;

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/libpkgconf/personality.c Added

@@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
+/*
+ * personality.c
+ * libpkgconf cross-compile personality database
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2018 pkgconf authors (see AUTHORS).
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * This software is provided 'as is' and without any warranty, express or
+ * implied.  In no event shall the authors be liable for any damages arising
+ * from the use of this software.
+ */
+
+#include <libpkgconf/config.h>
+#include <libpkgconf/stdinc.h>
+#include <libpkgconf/libpkgconf.h>
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#	define strcasecmp _stricmp
+#endif
+
+static bool default_personality_init = false;
+static pkgconf_cross_personality_t default_personality = {
+	.name = "default",
+#ifdef _WIN32
+	.want_default_static = true,
+	.want_default_pure = true,
+#endif
+};
+
+static inline void
+build_default_search_path(pkgconf_list_t* dirlist)
+{
+#ifdef _WIN32
+	char namebufMAX_PATH;
+	char outbufMAX_PATH;
+	char *p;
+
+	int sizepath = GetModuleFileName(NULL, namebuf, sizeof namebuf);
+	char * winslash;
+	namebufsizepath = '\0';
+	while ((winslash = strchr (namebuf, '\\')) != NULL)
+	{
+		*winslash = '/';
+	}
+	p = strrchr(namebuf, '/');
+	if (p == NULL)
+		pkgconf_path_split(PKG_DEFAULT_PATH, dirlist, true);
+
+	*p = '\0';
+	pkgconf_strlcpy(outbuf, namebuf, sizeof outbuf);
+	pkgconf_strlcat(outbuf, "/", sizeof outbuf);
+	pkgconf_strlcat(outbuf, "../lib/pkgconfig", sizeof outbuf);
+	pkgconf_path_add(outbuf, dirlist, true);
+	pkgconf_strlcpy(outbuf, namebuf, sizeof outbuf);
+	pkgconf_strlcat(outbuf, "/", sizeof outbuf);
+	pkgconf_strlcat(outbuf, "../share/pkgconfig", sizeof outbuf);
+	pkgconf_path_add(outbuf, dirlist, true);
+#elif __HAIKU__
+	char **paths;
+	size_t count;
+	if (find_paths(B_FIND_PATH_DEVELOP_LIB_DIRECTORY, "pkgconfig", &paths, &count) == B_OK) {
+		for (size_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+			pkgconf_path_add(pathsi, dirlist, true);
+		free(paths);
+		paths = NULL;
+	}
+	if (find_paths(B_FIND_PATH_DATA_DIRECTORY, "pkgconfig", &paths, &count) == B_OK) {
+		for (size_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+			pkgconf_path_add(pathsi, dirlist, true);
+		free(paths);
+		paths = NULL;
+	}
+#else
+	pkgconf_path_split(PKG_DEFAULT_PATH, dirlist, true);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: const pkgconf_cross_personality_t *pkgconf_cross_personality_default(void)
+ *
+ *    Returns the default cross-compile personality.
+ *
+ *    :rtype: pkgconf_cross_personality_t*
+ *    :return: the default cross-compile personality
+ */
+pkgconf_cross_personality_t *
+pkgconf_cross_personality_default(void)
+{
+	if (default_personality_init)
+		return &default_personality;
+
+	build_default_search_path(&default_personality.dir_list);
+
+	pkgconf_path_split(SYSTEM_LIBDIR, &default_personality.filter_libdirs, false);
+	pkgconf_path_split(SYSTEM_INCLUDEDIR, &default_personality.filter_includedirs, false);
+
+	default_personality_init = true;
+	return &default_personality;
+}
+
+void
+pkgconf_cross_personality_deinit(pkgconf_cross_personality_t *personality)
+{
+	pkgconf_path_free(&personality->dir_list);
+	pkgconf_path_free(&personality->filter_libdirs);
+	pkgconf_path_free(&personality->filter_includedirs);
+}
+
+#ifndef PKGCONF_LITE
+static bool
+valid_triplet(const char *triplet)
+{
+	const char *c = triplet;
+
+	for (; *c; c++)
+		if (!isalnum(*c) && *c != '-' && *c != '_')
+			return false;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+typedef void (*personality_keyword_func_t)(pkgconf_cross_personality_t *p, const char *keyword, const size_t lineno, const ptrdiff_t offset, char *value);
+typedef struct {
+	const char *keyword;
+	const personality_keyword_func_t func;
+	const ptrdiff_t offset;
+} personality_keyword_pair_t;
+
+static void
+personality_bool_func(pkgconf_cross_personality_t *p, const char *keyword, const size_t lineno, const ptrdiff_t offset, char *value)
+{
+	(void) keyword;
+	(void) lineno;
+
+	bool *dest = (bool *)((char *) p + offset);
+	*dest = strcasecmp(value, "true") || strcasecmp(value, "yes") || *value == '1';
+}
+
+static void
+personality_copy_func(pkgconf_cross_personality_t *p, const char *keyword, const size_t lineno, const ptrdiff_t offset, char *value)
+{
+	(void) keyword;
+	(void) lineno;
+
+	char **dest = (char **)((char *) p + offset);
+	*dest = strdup(value);
+}
+
+static void
+personality_fragment_func(pkgconf_cross_personality_t *p, const char *keyword, const size_t lineno, const ptrdiff_t offset, char *value)
+{
+	(void) keyword;
+	(void) lineno;
+
+	pkgconf_list_t *dest = (pkgconf_list_t *)((char *) p + offset);
+	pkgconf_path_split(value, dest, false);
+}
+
+/* keep in alphabetical order! */
+static const personality_keyword_pair_t personality_keyword_pairs = {
+	{"DefaultSearchPaths", personality_fragment_func, offsetof(pkgconf_cross_personality_t, dir_list)},
+	{"SysrootDir", personality_copy_func, offsetof(pkgconf_cross_personality_t, sysroot_dir)},
+	{"SystemIncludePaths", personality_fragment_func, offsetof(pkgconf_cross_personality_t, filter_includedirs)},
+	{"SystemLibraryPaths", personality_fragment_func, offsetof(pkgconf_cross_personality_t, filter_libdirs)},
+	{"Triplet", personality_copy_func, offsetof(pkgconf_cross_personality_t, name)},
+	{"WantDefaultPure", personality_bool_func, offsetof(pkgconf_cross_personality_t, want_default_pure)},
+	{"WantDefaultStatic", personality_bool_func, offsetof(pkgconf_cross_personality_t, want_default_static)},
+};
+
+static int
+personality_keyword_pair_cmp(const void *key, const void *ptr)
+{
+	const personality_keyword_pair_t *pair = ptr;
+	return strcasecmp(key, pair->keyword);
+}
+
+static void
+personality_keyword_set(pkgconf_cross_personality_t *p, const size_t lineno, const char *keyword, char *value)
+{
+	const personality_keyword_pair_t *pair = bsearch(keyword,
+		personality_keyword_pairs, PKGCONF_ARRAY_SIZE(personality_keyword_pairs),
+		sizeof(personality_keyword_pair_t), personality_keyword_pair_cmp);
+
+	if (pair == NULL || pair->func == NULL)
+		return;
+
+	pair->func(p, keyword, lineno, pair->offset, value);
+}
+
+static const pkgconf_parser_operand_func_t personality_parser_ops256 = {
+	':' = (pkgconf_parser_operand_func_t) personality_keyword_set
+};
+
+static void personality_warn_func(void *p, const char *fmt, ...) PRINTFLIKE(2, 3);

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/libpkgconf/pkg.c Added

@@ -0,0 +1,1715 @@
+/*
+ * pkg.c
+ * higher-level dependency graph compilation, management and manipulation
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2011, 2012, 2013 pkgconf authors (see AUTHORS).
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * This software is provided 'as is' and without any warranty, express or
+ * implied.  In no event shall the authors be liable for any damages arising
+ * from the use of this software.
+ */
+
+#include <libpkgconf/config.h>
+#include <libpkgconf/stdinc.h>
+#include <libpkgconf/libpkgconf.h>
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * libpkgconf `pkg` module
+ * =======================
+ *
+ * The `pkg` module provides dependency resolution services and the overall `.pc` file parsing
+ * routines.
+ */
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#	define PKG_CONFIG_REG_KEY "Software\\pkgconfig\\PKG_CONFIG_PATH"
+#	undef PKG_DEFAULT_PATH
+#	define PKG_DEFAULT_PATH "../lib/pkgconfig;../share/pkgconfig"
+#	define strncasecmp _strnicmp
+#	define strcasecmp _stricmp
+#endif
+
+#define PKG_CONFIG_EXT ".pc"
+
+static inline bool
+str_has_suffix(const char *str, const char *suffix)
+{
+	size_t str_len = strlen(str);
+	size_t suf_len = strlen(suffix);
+
+	if (str_len < suf_len)
+		return false;
+
+	return !strncasecmp(str + str_len - suf_len, suffix, suf_len);
+}
+
+static char *
+pkg_get_parent_dir(pkgconf_pkg_t *pkg)
+{
+	char bufPKGCONF_ITEM_SIZE, *pathbuf;
+
+	pkgconf_strlcpy(buf, pkg->filename, sizeof buf);
+	pathbuf = strrchr(buf, PKG_DIR_SEP_S);
+	if (pathbuf == NULL)
+		pathbuf = strrchr(buf, '/');
+	if (pathbuf != NULL)
+		pathbuf0 = '\0';
+
+	return strdup(buf);
+}
+
+typedef void (*pkgconf_pkg_parser_keyword_func_t)(const pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_pkg_t *pkg, const char *keyword, const size_t lineno, const ptrdiff_t offset, const char *value);
+typedef struct {
+	const char *keyword;
+	const pkgconf_pkg_parser_keyword_func_t func;
+	const ptrdiff_t offset;
+} pkgconf_pkg_parser_keyword_pair_t;
+
+static int pkgconf_pkg_parser_keyword_pair_cmp(const void *key, const void *ptr)
+{
+	const pkgconf_pkg_parser_keyword_pair_t *pair = ptr;
+	return strcasecmp(key, pair->keyword);
+}
+
+static void
+pkgconf_pkg_parser_tuple_func(const pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_pkg_t *pkg, const char *keyword, const size_t lineno, const ptrdiff_t offset, const char *value)
+{
+	(void) keyword;
+	(void) lineno;
+
+	char **dest = (char **)((char *) pkg + offset);
+	*dest = pkgconf_tuple_parse(client, &pkg->vars, value);
+}
+
+static void
+pkgconf_pkg_parser_version_func(const pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_pkg_t *pkg, const char *keyword, const size_t lineno, const ptrdiff_t offset, const char *value)
+{
+	(void) keyword;
+	(void) lineno;
+	char *p, *i;
+	size_t len;
+	char **dest = (char **)((char *) pkg + offset);
+
+	/* cut at any detected whitespace */
+	p = pkgconf_tuple_parse(client, &pkg->vars, value);
+
+	len = strcspn(p, " \t");
+	if (len != strlen(p))
+	{
+		i = p + (ptrdiff_t) len;
+		*i = '\0';
+
+		pkgconf_warn(client, "%s:" SIZE_FMT_SPECIFIER ": warning: malformed version field with whitespace, trimming to %s\n", pkg->filename,
+			     lineno, p);
+	}
+
+	*dest = p;
+}
+
+static void
+pkgconf_pkg_parser_fragment_func(const pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_pkg_t *pkg, const char *keyword, const size_t lineno, const ptrdiff_t offset, const char *value)
+{
+	pkgconf_list_t *dest = (pkgconf_list_t *)((char *) pkg + offset);
+	bool ret = pkgconf_fragment_parse(client, dest, &pkg->vars, value);
+
+	if (!ret)
+	{
+		pkgconf_warn(client, "%s:" SIZE_FMT_SPECIFIER ": warning: unable to parse field '%s' into an argument vector, value %s\n", pkg->filename,
+			     lineno, keyword, value);
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+pkgconf_pkg_parser_dependency_func(const pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_pkg_t *pkg, const char *keyword, const size_t lineno, const ptrdiff_t offset, const char *value)
+{
+	(void) keyword;
+	(void) lineno;
+
+	pkgconf_list_t *dest = (pkgconf_list_t *)((char *) pkg + offset);
+	pkgconf_dependency_parse(client, pkg, dest, value, 0);
+}
+
+/* a variant of pkgconf_pkg_parser_dependency_func which colors the dependency node as an "internal" dependency. */
+static void
+pkgconf_pkg_parser_internal_dependency_func(const pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_pkg_t *pkg, const char *keyword, const size_t lineno, const ptrdiff_t offset, const char *value)
+{
+	(void) keyword;
+	(void) lineno;
+
+	pkgconf_list_t *dest = (pkgconf_list_t *)((char *) pkg + offset);
+	pkgconf_dependency_parse(client, pkg, dest, value, PKGCONF_PKG_DEPF_INTERNAL);
+}
+
+/* keep this in alphabetical order */
+static const pkgconf_pkg_parser_keyword_pair_t pkgconf_pkg_parser_keyword_funcs = {
+	{"CFLAGS", pkgconf_pkg_parser_fragment_func, offsetof(pkgconf_pkg_t, cflags)},
+	{"CFLAGS.private", pkgconf_pkg_parser_fragment_func, offsetof(pkgconf_pkg_t, cflags_private)},
+	{"Conflicts", pkgconf_pkg_parser_dependency_func, offsetof(pkgconf_pkg_t, conflicts)},
+	{"Description", pkgconf_pkg_parser_tuple_func, offsetof(pkgconf_pkg_t, description)},
+	{"LIBS", pkgconf_pkg_parser_fragment_func, offsetof(pkgconf_pkg_t, libs)},
+	{"LIBS.private", pkgconf_pkg_parser_fragment_func, offsetof(pkgconf_pkg_t, libs_private)},
+	{"Name", pkgconf_pkg_parser_tuple_func, offsetof(pkgconf_pkg_t, realname)},
+	{"Provides", pkgconf_pkg_parser_dependency_func, offsetof(pkgconf_pkg_t, provides)},
+	{"Requires", pkgconf_pkg_parser_dependency_func, offsetof(pkgconf_pkg_t, required)},
+	{"Requires.internal", pkgconf_pkg_parser_internal_dependency_func, offsetof(pkgconf_pkg_t, requires_private)},
+	{"Requires.private", pkgconf_pkg_parser_dependency_func, offsetof(pkgconf_pkg_t, requires_private)},
+	{"Version", pkgconf_pkg_parser_version_func, offsetof(pkgconf_pkg_t, version)},
+};
+
+static void
+pkgconf_pkg_parser_keyword_set(void *opaque, const size_t lineno, const char *keyword, const char *value)
+{
+	pkgconf_pkg_t *pkg = opaque;
+
+	const pkgconf_pkg_parser_keyword_pair_t *pair = bsearch(keyword,
+		pkgconf_pkg_parser_keyword_funcs, PKGCONF_ARRAY_SIZE(pkgconf_pkg_parser_keyword_funcs),
+		sizeof(pkgconf_pkg_parser_keyword_pair_t), pkgconf_pkg_parser_keyword_pair_cmp);
+
+	if (pair == NULL || pair->func == NULL)
+		return;
+
+	pair->func(pkg->owner, pkg, keyword, lineno, pair->offset, value);
+}
+
+static const char *
+determine_prefix(const pkgconf_pkg_t *pkg, char *buf, size_t buflen)
+{
+	char *pathiter;
+
+	pkgconf_strlcpy(buf, pkg->filename, buflen);
+	pkgconf_path_relocate(buf, buflen);
+
+	pathiter = strrchr(buf, PKG_DIR_SEP_S);
+	if (pathiter == NULL)
+		pathiter = strrchr(buf, '/');
+	if (pathiter != NULL)
+		pathiter0 = '\0';
+
+	pathiter = strrchr(buf, PKG_DIR_SEP_S);
+	if (pathiter == NULL)
+		pathiter = strrchr(buf, '/');
+	if (pathiter == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/libpkgconf/queue.c Added

@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+/*
+ * queue.c
+ * compilation of a list of packages into a world dependency set
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 pkgconf authors (see AUTHORS).
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * This software is provided 'as is' and without any warranty, express or
+ * implied.  In no event shall the authors be liable for any damages arising
+ * from the use of this software.
+ */
+
+#include <libpkgconf/stdinc.h>
+#include <libpkgconf/libpkgconf.h>
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * libpkgconf `queue` module
+ * =========================
+ *
+ * The `queue` module provides an interface that allows easily building a dependency graph from an
+ * arbitrary set of dependencies.  It also provides support for doing "preflight" checks on the entire
+ * dependency graph prior to working with it.
+ *
+ * Using the `queue` module functions is the recommended way of working with dependency graphs.
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+	pkgconf_node_t iter;
+	char *package;
+} pkgconf_queue_t;
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: void pkgconf_queue_push(pkgconf_list_t *list, const char *package)
+ *
+ *    Pushes a requested dependency onto the dependency resolver's queue.
+ *
+ *    :param pkgconf_list_t* list: the dependency resolution queue to add the package request to.
+ *    :param char* package: the dependency atom requested
+ *    :return: nothing
+ */
+void
+pkgconf_queue_push(pkgconf_list_t *list, const char *package)
+{
+	pkgconf_queue_t *pkgq = calloc(sizeof(pkgconf_queue_t), 1);
+
+	pkgq->package = strdup(package);
+	pkgconf_node_insert_tail(&pkgq->iter, pkgq, list);
+}
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: bool pkgconf_queue_compile(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_pkg_t *world, pkgconf_list_t *list)
+ *
+ *    Compile a dependency resolution queue into a dependency resolution problem if possible, otherwise report an error.
+ *
+ *    :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to use for dependency resolution.
+ *    :param pkgconf_pkg_t* world: The designated root of the dependency graph.
+ *    :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The list of dependency requests to consider.
+ *    :return: true if the built dependency resolution problem is consistent, else false
+ *    :rtype: bool
+ */
+bool
+pkgconf_queue_compile(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_pkg_t *world, pkgconf_list_t *list)
+{
+	pkgconf_node_t *iter;
+
+	PKGCONF_FOREACH_LIST_ENTRY(list->head, iter)
+	{
+		pkgconf_queue_t *pkgq;
+
+		pkgq = iter->data;
+		pkgconf_dependency_parse(client, world, &world->required, pkgq->package, 0);
+	}
+
+	return (world->required.head != NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: void pkgconf_queue_free(pkgconf_list_t *list)
+ *
+ *    Release any memory related to a dependency resolution queue.
+ *
+ *    :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The dependency resolution queue to release.
+ *    :return: nothing
+ */
+void
+pkgconf_queue_free(pkgconf_list_t *list)
+{
+	pkgconf_node_t *node, *tnode;
+
+	PKGCONF_FOREACH_LIST_ENTRY_SAFE(list->head, tnode, node)
+	{
+		pkgconf_queue_t *pkgq = node->data;
+
+		free(pkgq->package);
+		free(pkgq);
+	}
+}
+
+static inline unsigned int
+pkgconf_queue_verify(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_pkg_t *world, pkgconf_list_t *list, int maxdepth)
+{
+	if (!pkgconf_queue_compile(client, world, list))
+		return PKGCONF_PKG_ERRF_DEPGRAPH_BREAK;
+
+	return pkgconf_pkg_verify_graph(client, world, maxdepth);
+}
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: void pkgconf_queue_apply(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_list_t *list, pkgconf_queue_apply_func_t func, int maxdepth, void *data)
+ *
+ *    Attempt to compile a dependency resolution queue into a dependency resolution problem, then attempt to solve the problem and
+ *    feed the solution to a callback function if a complete dependency graph is found.
+ *
+ *    :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to use for dependency resolution.
+ *    :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The list of dependency requests to consider.
+ *    :param pkgconf_queue_apply_func_t func: The callback function to call if a solution is found by the dependency resolver.
+ *    :param int maxdepth: The maximum allowed depth for the dependency resolver.  A depth of -1 means unlimited.
+ *    :param void* data: An opaque pointer which is passed to the callback function.
+ *    :returns: true if the dependency resolver found a solution, otherwise false.
+ *    :rtype: bool
+ */
+bool
+pkgconf_queue_apply(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_list_t *list, pkgconf_queue_apply_func_t func, int maxdepth, void *data)
+{
+	pkgconf_pkg_t world = {
+		.id = "virtual:world",
+		.realname = "virtual world package",
+		.flags = PKGCONF_PKG_PROPF_STATIC | PKGCONF_PKG_PROPF_VIRTUAL,
+	};
+
+	/* if maxdepth is one, then we will not traverse deeper than our virtual package. */
+	if (!maxdepth)
+		maxdepth = -1;
+
+	if (pkgconf_queue_verify(client, &world, list, maxdepth) != PKGCONF_PKG_ERRF_OK)
+		return false;
+
+	if (!func(client, &world, data, maxdepth))
+	{
+		pkgconf_pkg_free(client, &world);
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	pkgconf_pkg_free(client, &world);
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: void pkgconf_queue_validate(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_list_t *list, pkgconf_queue_apply_func_t func, int maxdepth, void *data)
+ *
+ *    Attempt to compile a dependency resolution queue into a dependency resolution problem, then attempt to solve the problem.
+ *
+ *    :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to use for dependency resolution.
+ *    :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The list of dependency requests to consider.
+ *    :param int maxdepth: The maximum allowed depth for the dependency resolver.  A depth of -1 means unlimited.
+ *    :returns: true if the dependency resolver found a solution, otherwise false.
+ *    :rtype: bool
+ */
+bool
+pkgconf_queue_validate(pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_list_t *list, int maxdepth)
+{
+	bool retval = true;
+	pkgconf_pkg_t world = {
+		.id = "virtual:world",
+		.realname = "virtual world package",
+		.flags = PKGCONF_PKG_PROPF_STATIC | PKGCONF_PKG_PROPF_VIRTUAL,
+	};
+
+	/* if maxdepth is one, then we will not traverse deeper than our virtual package. */
+	if (!maxdepth)
+		maxdepth = -1;
+
+	if (pkgconf_queue_verify(client, &world, list, maxdepth) != PKGCONF_PKG_ERRF_OK)
+		retval = false;
+
+	pkgconf_pkg_free(client, &world);
+
+	return retval;
+}

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/libpkgconf/stdinc.h Added

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*
+ * stdinc.h
+ * pull in standard headers (including portability hacks)
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 pkgconf authors (see AUTHORS).
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * This software is provided 'as is' and without any warranty, express or
+ * implied.  In no event shall the authors be liable for any damages arising
+ * from the use of this software.
+ */
+
+#ifndef LIBPKGCONF_STDINC_H
+#define LIBPKGCONF_STDINC_H
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+# include <malloc.h>
+# define PATH_DEV_NULL	"nul"
+# ifdef _WIN64
+#  define SIZE_FMT_SPECIFIER	"%I64u"
+# else
+#  define SIZE_FMT_SPECIFIER	"%u"
+# endif
+# ifndef ssize_t
+# ifndef __MINGW32__
+#  include <BaseTsd.h>
+# else
+#  include <basetsd.h>
+# endif
+#  define ssize_t SSIZE_T
+# endif
+# ifndef __MINGW32__
+#  include "win-dirent.h"
+# else
+# include <dirent.h>
+# endif
+# define PKGCONF_ITEM_SIZE (_MAX_PATH + 1024)
+#else
+# define PATH_DEV_NULL	"/dev/null"
+# define SIZE_FMT_SPECIFIER	"%zu"
+# ifdef __HAIKU__
+#  include <FindDirectory.h>
+# endif
+# include <dirent.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
+# include <limits.h>
+# ifdef PATH_MAX
+#  define PKGCONF_ITEM_SIZE (PATH_MAX + 1024)
+# else
+#  define PKGCONF_ITEM_SIZE (4096 + 1024)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#endif

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/libpkgconf/tuple.c Added

@@ -0,0 +1,393 @@
+/*
+ * tuple.c
+ * management of key->value tuples
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2011, 2012 pkgconf authors (see AUTHORS).
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * This software is provided 'as is' and without any warranty, express or
+ * implied.  In no event shall the authors be liable for any damages arising
+ * from the use of this software.
+ */
+
+#include <libpkgconf/stdinc.h>
+#include <libpkgconf/libpkgconf.h>
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * libpkgconf `tuple` module
+ * =========================
+ *
+ * The `tuple` module provides key-value mappings backed by a linked list.  The key-value
+ * mapping is mainly used for variable substitution when parsing .pc files.
+ *
+ * There are two sets of mappings: a ``pkgconf_pkg_t`` specific mapping, and a `global` mapping.
+ * The `tuple` module provides convenience wrappers for managing the `global` mapping, which is
+ * attached to a given client object.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: void pkgconf_tuple_add_global(pkgconf_client_t *client, const char *key, const char *value)
+ *
+ *    Defines a global variable, replacing the previous declaration if one was set.
+ *
+ *    :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to modify.
+ *    :param char* key: The key for the mapping (variable name).
+ *    :param char* value: The value for the mapped entry.
+ *    :return: nothing
+ */
+void
+pkgconf_tuple_add_global(pkgconf_client_t *client, const char *key, const char *value)
+{
+	pkgconf_tuple_add(client, &client->global_vars, key, value, false);
+}
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: void pkgconf_tuple_find_global(const pkgconf_client_t *client, const char *key)
+ *
+ *    Looks up a global variable.
+ *
+ *    :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to access.
+ *    :param char* key: The key or variable name to look up.
+ *    :return: the contents of the variable or ``NULL``
+ *    :rtype: char *
+ */
+char *
+pkgconf_tuple_find_global(const pkgconf_client_t *client, const char *key)
+{
+	pkgconf_node_t *node;
+
+	PKGCONF_FOREACH_LIST_ENTRY(client->global_vars.head, node)
+	{
+		pkgconf_tuple_t *tuple = node->data;
+
+		if (!strcmp(tuple->key, key))
+			return tuple->value;
+	}
+
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: void pkgconf_tuple_free_global(pkgconf_client_t *client)
+ *
+ *    Delete all global variables associated with a pkgconf client object.
+ *
+ *    :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to modify.
+ *    :return: nothing
+ */
+void
+pkgconf_tuple_free_global(pkgconf_client_t *client)
+{
+	pkgconf_tuple_free(&client->global_vars);
+}
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: void pkgconf_tuple_define_global(pkgconf_client_t *client, const char *kv)
+ *
+ *    Parse and define a global variable.
+ *
+ *    :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to modify.
+ *    :param char* kv: The variable in the form of ``key=value``.
+ *    :return: nothing
+ */
+void
+pkgconf_tuple_define_global(pkgconf_client_t *client, const char *kv)
+{
+	char *workbuf = strdup(kv);
+	char *value;
+
+	value = strchr(workbuf, '=');
+	if (value == NULL)
+		goto out;
+
+	*value++ = '\0';
+	pkgconf_tuple_add_global(client, workbuf, value);
+out:
+	free(workbuf);
+}
+
+static void
+pkgconf_tuple_find_delete(pkgconf_list_t *list, const char *key)
+{
+	pkgconf_node_t *node, *next;
+
+	PKGCONF_FOREACH_LIST_ENTRY_SAFE(list->head, next, node)
+	{
+		pkgconf_tuple_t *tuple = node->data;
+
+		if (!strcmp(tuple->key, key))
+		{
+			pkgconf_tuple_free_entry(tuple, list);
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static char *
+dequote(const char *value)
+{
+	char *buf = calloc((strlen(value) + 1) * 2, 1);
+	char *bptr = buf;
+	const char *i;
+	char quote = 0;
+
+	if (*value == '\'' || *value == '"')
+		quote = *value;
+
+	for (i = value; *i != '\0'; i++)
+	{
+		if (*i == '\\' && quote && *(i + 1) == quote)
+		{
+			i++;
+			*bptr++ = *i;
+		}
+		else if (*i != quote)
+			*bptr++ = *i;
+	}
+
+	return buf;
+}
+
+/*
+ * !doc
+ *
+ * .. c:function:: pkgconf_tuple_t *pkgconf_tuple_add(const pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_list_t *list, const char *key, const char *value, bool parse)
+ *
+ *    Optionally parse and then define a variable.
+ *
+ *    :param pkgconf_client_t* client: The pkgconf client object to access.
+ *    :param pkgconf_list_t* list: The variable list to add the new variable to.
+ *    :param char* key: The name of the variable being added.
+ *    :param char* value: The value of the variable being added.
+ *    :param bool parse: Whether or not to parse the value for variable substitution.
+ *    :return: a variable object
+ *    :rtype: pkgconf_tuple_t *
+ */
+pkgconf_tuple_t *
+pkgconf_tuple_add(const pkgconf_client_t *client, pkgconf_list_t *list, const char *key, const char *value, bool parse)
+{
+	char *dequote_value;
+	pkgconf_tuple_t *tuple = calloc(sizeof(pkgconf_tuple_t), 1);
+
+	pkgconf_tuple_find_delete(list, key);
+
+	dequote_value = dequote(value);
+
+	PKGCONF_TRACE(client, "adding tuple to @%p: %s => %s (parsed? %d)", list, key, dequote_value, parse);
+
+	tuple->key = strdup(key);
+	if (parse)
+		tuple->value = pkgconf_tuple_parse(client, list, dequote_value);
+	else
+		tuple->value = strdup(dequote_value);
+
+	pkgconf_node_insert(&tuple->iter, tuple, list);
+
+	free(dequote_value);

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/libpkgconf/win-dirent.h Added

@@ -0,0 +1,929 @@
+/*
+ * Dirent interface for Microsoft Visual Studio
+ * Version 1.21
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 Toni Ronkko
+ * This file is part of dirent.  Dirent may be freely distributed
+ * under the MIT license.  For all details and documentation, see
+ * https://github.com/tronkko/dirent
+ */
+#ifndef LIBPKGCONF_DIRENT_H
+#define LIBPKGCONF_DIRENT_H
+
+/*
+ * Include windows.h without Windows Sockets 1.1 to prevent conflicts with
+ * Windows Sockets 2.0.
+ */
+#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#   define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#endif
+#include <windows.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <malloc.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/* Indicates that d_type field is available in dirent structure */
+#define _DIRENT_HAVE_D_TYPE
+
+/* Indicates that d_namlen field is available in dirent structure */
+#define _DIRENT_HAVE_D_NAMLEN
+
+/* Entries missing from MSVC 6.0 */
+#if !defined(FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DEVICE)
+#   define FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DEVICE 0x40
+#endif
+
+/* File type and permission flags for stat(), general mask */
+#if !defined(S_IFMT)
+#   define S_IFMT _S_IFMT
+#endif
+
+/* Directory bit */
+#if !defined(S_IFDIR)
+#   define S_IFDIR _S_IFDIR
+#endif
+
+/* Character device bit */
+#if !defined(S_IFCHR)
+#   define S_IFCHR _S_IFCHR
+#endif
+
+/* Pipe bit */
+#if !defined(S_IFFIFO)
+#   define S_IFFIFO _S_IFFIFO
+#endif
+
+/* Regular file bit */
+#if !defined(S_IFREG)
+#   define S_IFREG _S_IFREG
+#endif
+
+/* Read permission */
+#if !defined(S_IREAD)
+#   define S_IREAD _S_IREAD
+#endif
+
+/* Write permission */
+#if !defined(S_IWRITE)
+#   define S_IWRITE _S_IWRITE
+#endif
+
+/* Execute permission */
+#if !defined(S_IEXEC)
+#   define S_IEXEC _S_IEXEC
+#endif
+
+/* Pipe */
+#if !defined(S_IFIFO)
+#   define S_IFIFO _S_IFIFO
+#endif
+
+/* Block device */
+#if !defined(S_IFBLK)
+#   define S_IFBLK 0
+#endif
+
+/* Link */
+#if !defined(S_IFLNK)
+#   define S_IFLNK 0
+#endif
+
+/* Socket */
+#if !defined(S_IFSOCK)
+#   define S_IFSOCK 0
+#endif
+
+/* Read user permission */
+#if !defined(S_IRUSR)
+#   define S_IRUSR S_IREAD
+#endif
+
+/* Write user permission */
+#if !defined(S_IWUSR)
+#   define S_IWUSR S_IWRITE
+#endif
+
+/* Execute user permission */
+#if !defined(S_IXUSR)
+#   define S_IXUSR 0
+#endif
+
+/* Read group permission */
+#if !defined(S_IRGRP)
+#   define S_IRGRP 0
+#endif
+
+/* Write group permission */
+#if !defined(S_IWGRP)
+#   define S_IWGRP 0
+#endif
+
+/* Execute group permission */
+#if !defined(S_IXGRP)
+#   define S_IXGRP 0
+#endif
+
+/* Read others permission */
+#if !defined(S_IROTH)
+#   define S_IROTH 0
+#endif
+
+/* Write others permission */
+#if !defined(S_IWOTH)
+#   define S_IWOTH 0
+#endif
+
+/* Execute others permission */
+#if !defined(S_IXOTH)
+#   define S_IXOTH 0
+#endif
+
+/* Maximum length of file name */
+#if !defined(PATH_MAX)
+#   define PATH_MAX MAX_PATH
+#endif
+#if !defined(FILENAME_MAX)
+#   define FILENAME_MAX MAX_PATH
+#endif
+#if !defined(NAME_MAX)
+#   define NAME_MAX FILENAME_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* File type flags for d_type */
+#define DT_UNKNOWN 0
+#define DT_REG S_IFREG
+#define DT_DIR S_IFDIR
+#define DT_FIFO S_IFIFO
+#define DT_SOCK S_IFSOCK
+#define DT_CHR S_IFCHR
+#define DT_BLK S_IFBLK
+#define DT_LNK S_IFLNK
+
+/* Macros for converting between st_mode and d_type */
+#define IFTODT(mode) ((mode) & S_IFMT)
+#define DTTOIF(type) (type)
+
+/*
+ * File type macros.  Note that block devices, sockets and links cannot be
+ * distinguished on Windows and the macros S_ISBLK, S_ISSOCK and S_ISLNK are
+ * only defined for compatibility.  These macros should always return false
+ * on Windows.
+ */
+#if !defined(S_ISFIFO)
+#   define S_ISFIFO(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
+#endif
+#if !defined(S_ISDIR)
+#   define S_ISDIR(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#endif
+#if !defined(S_ISREG)
+#   define S_ISREG(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
+#endif
+#if !defined(S_ISLNK)
+#   define S_ISLNK(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
+#endif
+#if !defined(S_ISSOCK)
+#   define S_ISSOCK(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
+#endif
+#if !defined(S_ISCHR)
+#   define S_ISCHR(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
+#endif
+#if !defined(S_ISBLK)
+#   define S_ISBLK(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
+#endif

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/ltmain.sh Added

@@ -0,0 +1,11153 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+## DO NOT EDIT - This file generated from ./build-aux/ltmain.in
+##               by inline-source v2014-01-03.01
+
+# libtool (GNU libtool) 2.4.6
+# Provide generalized library-building support services.
+# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+# warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License,
+# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that
+# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the
+# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+#
+# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+PROGRAM=libtool
+PACKAGE=libtool
+VERSION=2.4.6
+package_revision=2.4.6
+
+
+## ------ ##
+## Usage. ##
+## ------ ##
+
+# Run './libtool --help' for help with using this script from the
+# command line.
+
+
+## ------------------------------- ##
+## User overridable command paths. ##
+## ------------------------------- ##
+
+# After configure completes, it has a better idea of some of the
+# shell tools we need than the defaults used by the functions shared
+# with bootstrap, so set those here where they can still be over-
+# ridden by the user, but otherwise take precedence.
+
+: ${AUTOCONF="autoconf"}
+: ${AUTOMAKE="automake"}
+
+
+## -------------------------- ##
+## Source external libraries. ##
+## -------------------------- ##
+
+# Much of our low-level functionality needs to be sourced from external
+# libraries, which are installed to $pkgauxdir.
+
+# Set a version string for this script.
+scriptversion=2015-01-20.17; # UTC
+
+# General shell script boiler plate, and helper functions.
+# Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004
+
+# Copyright (C) 2004-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+# warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you distribute
+# this file as part of a program or library that is built using GNU Libtool,
+# you may include this file under the same distribution terms that you use
+# for the rest of that program.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNES FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# Please report bugs or propose patches to gary@gnu.org.
+
+
+## ------ ##
+## Usage. ##
+## ------ ##
+
+# Evaluate this file near the top of your script to gain access to
+# the functions and variables defined here:
+#
+#   . `echo "$0" | ${SED-sed} 's|^/*$||'`/build-aux/funclib.sh
+#
+# If you need to override any of the default environment variable
+# settings, do that before evaluating this file.
+
+
+## -------------------- ##
+## Shell normalisation. ##
+## -------------------- ##
+
+# Some shells need a little help to be as Bourne compatible as possible.
+# Before doing anything else, make sure all that help has been provided!
+
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+  setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+else
+  case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in *posix*) set -o posix ;; esac
+fi
+
+# NLS nuisances: We save the old values in case they are required later.
+_G_user_locale=
+_G_safe_locale=
+for _G_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES
+do
+  eval "if test set = \"\${$_G_var+set}\"; then
+          save_$_G_var=\$$_G_var
+          $_G_var=C
+	  export $_G_var
+	  _G_user_locale=\"$_G_var=\\\$save_\$_G_var; \$_G_user_locale\"
+	  _G_safe_locale=\"$_G_var=C; \$_G_safe_locale\"
+	fi"
+done
+
+# CDPATH.
+(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
+
+# Make sure IFS has a sensible default
+sp=' '
+nl='
+'
+IFS="$sp	$nl"
+
+# There are apparently some retarded systems that use ';' as a PATH separator!
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+  PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+  (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && {
+    (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
+      PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+  }
+fi
+
+
+
+## ------------------------- ##
+## Locate command utilities. ##
+## ------------------------- ##
+
+
+# func_executable_p FILE
+# ----------------------
+# Check that FILE is an executable regular file.
+func_executable_p ()
+{
+    test -f "$1" && test -x "$1"
+}
+
+
+# func_path_progs PROGS_LIST CHECK_FUNC PATH
+# --------------------------------------------
+# Search for either a program that responds to --version with output
+# containing "GNU", or else returned by CHECK_FUNC otherwise, by
+# trying all the directories in PATH with each of the elements of
+# PROGS_LIST.
+#
+# CHECK_FUNC should accept the path to a candidate program, and
+# set $func_check_prog_result if it truncates its output less than
+# $_G_path_prog_max characters.
+func_path_progs ()
+{
+    _G_progs_list=$1
+    _G_check_func=$2
+    _G_PATH=${3-"$PATH"}
+
+    _G_path_prog_max=0
+    _G_path_prog_found=false
+    _G_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}
+    for _G_dir in $_G_PATH; do
+      IFS=$_G_save_IFS
+      test -z "$_G_dir" && _G_dir=.
+      for _G_prog_name in $_G_progs_list; do

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/m4 Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/m4/ax_check_compile_flag.m4 Added

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+# ===========================================================================
+#  https://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf-archive/ax_check_compile_flag.html
+# ===========================================================================
+#
+# SYNOPSIS
+#
+#   AX_CHECK_COMPILE_FLAG(FLAG, ACTION-SUCCESS, ACTION-FAILURE, EXTRA-FLAGS, INPUT)
+#
+# DESCRIPTION
+#
+#   Check whether the given FLAG works with the current language's compiler
+#   or gives an error.  (Warnings, however, are ignored)
+#
+#   ACTION-SUCCESS/ACTION-FAILURE are shell commands to execute on
+#   success/failure.
+#
+#   If EXTRA-FLAGS is defined, it is added to the current language's default
+#   flags (e.g. CFLAGS) when the check is done.  The check is thus made with
+#   the flags: "CFLAGS EXTRA-FLAGS FLAG".  This can for example be used to
+#   force the compiler to issue an error when a bad flag is given.
+#
+#   INPUT gives an alternative input source to AC_COMPILE_IFELSE.
+#
+#   NOTE: Implementation based on AX_CFLAGS_GCC_OPTION. Please keep this
+#   macro in sync with AX_CHECK_{PREPROC,LINK}_FLAG.
+#
+# LICENSE
+#
+#   Copyright (c) 2008 Guido U. Draheim <guidod@gmx.de>
+#   Copyright (c) 2011 Maarten Bosmans <mkbosmans@gmail.com>
+#
+#   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#   Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your
+#   option) any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+#   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General
+#   Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#   with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+#   As a special exception, the respective Autoconf Macro's copyright owner
+#   gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify the configure
+#   scripts that are the output of Autoconf when processing the Macro. You
+#   need not follow the terms of the GNU General Public License when using
+#   or distributing such scripts, even though portions of the text of the
+#   Macro appear in them. The GNU General Public License (GPL) does govern
+#   all other use of the material that constitutes the Autoconf Macro.
+#
+#   This special exception to the GPL applies to versions of the Autoconf
+#   Macro released by the Autoconf Archive. When you make and distribute a
+#   modified version of the Autoconf Macro, you may extend this special
+#   exception to the GPL to apply to your modified version as well.
+
+#serial 5
+
+AC_DEFUN(AX_CHECK_COMPILE_FLAG,
+AC_PREREQ(2.64)dnl for _AC_LANG_PREFIX and AS_VAR_IF
+AS_VAR_PUSHDEF(CACHEVAR,ax_cv_check__AC_LANG_ABBREVflags_$4_$1)dnl
+AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether _AC_LANG compiler accepts $1, CACHEVAR, 
+  ax_check_save_flags=$_AC_LANG_PREFIXFLAGS
+  _AC_LANG_PREFIXFLAGS="$_AC_LANG_PREFIXFLAGS $4 $1"
+  AC_COMPILE_IFELSE(m4_default($5,AC_LANG_PROGRAM()),
+    AS_VAR_SET(CACHEVAR,yes),
+    AS_VAR_SET(CACHEVAR,no))
+  _AC_LANG_PREFIXFLAGS=$ax_check_save_flags)
+AS_VAR_IF(CACHEVAR,yes,
+  m4_default($2, :),
+  m4_default($3, :))
+AS_VAR_POPDEF(CACHEVAR)dnl
+)dnl AX_CHECK_COMPILE_FLAGS

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/m4/libtool.m4 Added

@@ -0,0 +1,8369 @@
+# libtool.m4 - Configure libtool for the host system. -*-Autoconf-*-
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 1996-2001, 2003-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#   Written by Gordon Matzigkeit, 1996
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
+# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
+# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+m4_define(_LT_COPYING, dnl
+# Copyright (C) 2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
+# warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program or library that is built
+# using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the  same
+# distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+#
+# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+)
+
+# serial 58 LT_INIT
+
+
+# LT_PREREQ(VERSION)
+# ------------------
+# Complain and exit if this libtool version is less that VERSION.
+m4_defun(LT_PREREQ,
+m4_if(m4_version_compare(m4_defn(LT_PACKAGE_VERSION), $1), -1,
+       m4_default($3,
+		   m4_fatal(Libtool version $1 or higher is required,
+		             63)),
+       $2))
+
+
+# _LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR
+# ------------------
+# Complain if the absolute build directory name contains unusual characters
+m4_defun(_LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR,
+case `pwd` in
+  *\ * | *\	*)
+    AC_MSG_WARN(Libtool does not cope well with whitespace in `pwd`) ;;
+esac
+)
+
+
+# LT_INIT(OPTIONS)
+# ------------------
+AC_DEFUN(LT_INIT,
+AC_PREREQ(2.62)dnl We use AC_PATH_PROGS_FEATURE_CHECK
+AC_REQUIRE(AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT)dnl
+AC_BEFORE($0, LT_LANG)dnl
+AC_BEFORE($0, LT_OUTPUT)dnl
+AC_BEFORE($0, LTDL_INIT)dnl
+m4_require(_LT_CHECK_BUILDDIR)dnl
+
+dnl Autoconf doesn't catch unexpanded LT_ macros by default:
+m4_pattern_forbid(^_?LT_A-Z_+$)dnl
+m4_pattern_allow(^(_LT_EOF|LT_DLGLOBAL|LT_DLLAZY_OR_NOW|LT_MULTI_MODULE)$)dnl
+dnl aclocal doesn't pull ltoptions.m4, ltsugar.m4, or ltversion.m4
+dnl unless we require an AC_DEFUNed macro:
+AC_REQUIRE(LTOPTIONS_VERSION)dnl
+AC_REQUIRE(LTSUGAR_VERSION)dnl
+AC_REQUIRE(LTVERSION_VERSION)dnl
+AC_REQUIRE(LTOBSOLETE_VERSION)dnl
+m4_require(_LT_PROG_LTMAIN)dnl
+
+_LT_SHELL_INIT(SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh})
+
+dnl Parse OPTIONS
+_LT_SET_OPTIONS($0, $1)
+
+# This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed
+LIBTOOL_DEPS=$ltmain
+
+# Always use our own libtool.
+LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool'
+AC_SUBST(LIBTOOL)dnl
+
+_LT_SETUP
+
+# Only expand once:
+m4_define(LT_INIT)
+)# LT_INIT
+
+# Old names:
+AU_ALIAS(AC_PROG_LIBTOOL, LT_INIT)
+AU_ALIAS(AM_PROG_LIBTOOL, LT_INIT)
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN(AC_PROG_LIBTOOL, )
+dnl AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_LIBTOOL, )
+
+
+# _LT_PREPARE_CC_BASENAME
+# -----------------------
+m4_defun(_LT_PREPARE_CC_BASENAME, 
+# Calculate cc_basename.  Skip known compiler wrappers and cross-prefix.
+func_cc_basename ()
+{
+    for cc_temp in @S|@*""; do
+      case $cc_temp in
+        compile | *\\/compile | ccache | *\\/ccache ) ;;
+        distcc | *\\/distcc | purify | *\\/purify ) ;;
+        \-*) ;;
+        *) break;;
+      esac
+    done
+    func_cc_basename_result=`$ECHO "$cc_temp" | $SED "s%.*/%%; s%^$host_alias-%%"`
+}
+)# _LT_PREPARE_CC_BASENAME
+
+
+# _LT_CC_BASENAME(CC)
+# -------------------
+# It would be clearer to call AC_REQUIREs from _LT_PREPARE_CC_BASENAME,
+# but that macro is also expanded into generated libtool script, which
+# arranges for $SED and $ECHO to be set by different means.
+m4_defun(_LT_CC_BASENAME,
+m4_require(_LT_PREPARE_CC_BASENAME)dnl
+AC_REQUIRE(_LT_DECL_SED)dnl
+AC_REQUIRE(_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH)dnl
+func_cc_basename $1
+cc_basename=$func_cc_basename_result
+)
+
+
+# _LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS
+# ----------------------
+# It is okay to use these file commands and assume they have been set
+# sensibly after 'm4_require(_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS)'.
+m4_defun(_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS,
+: ${CP="cp -f"}
+: ${MV="mv -f"}
+: ${RM="rm -f"}
+)# _LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS
+
+
+# _LT_SETUP
+# ---------
+m4_defun(_LT_SETUP,
+AC_REQUIRE(AC_CANONICAL_HOST)dnl
+AC_REQUIRE(AC_CANONICAL_BUILD)dnl
+AC_REQUIRE(_LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS)dnl
+AC_REQUIRE(_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH)dnl
+
+_LT_DECL(, PATH_SEPARATOR, 1, The PATH separator for the build system)dnl
+dnl
+_LT_DECL(, host_alias, 0, The host system)dnl
+_LT_DECL(, host, 0)dnl
+_LT_DECL(, host_os, 0)dnl
+dnl
+_LT_DECL(, build_alias, 0, The build system)dnl
+_LT_DECL(, build, 0)dnl
+_LT_DECL(, build_os, 0)dnl
+dnl
+AC_REQUIRE(AC_PROG_CC)dnl
+AC_REQUIRE(LT_PATH_LD)dnl
+AC_REQUIRE(LT_PATH_NM)dnl
+dnl
+AC_REQUIRE(AC_PROG_LN_S)dnl
+test -z "$LN_S" && LN_S="ln -s"
+_LT_DECL(, LN_S, 1, Whether we need soft or hard links)dnl
+dnl
+AC_REQUIRE(LT_CMD_MAX_LEN)dnl
+_LT_DECL(objext, ac_objext, 0, Object file suffix (normally "o"))dnl
+_LT_DECL(, exeext, 0, Executable file suffix (normally ""))dnl
+dnl
+m4_require(_LT_FILEUTILS_DEFAULTS)dnl
+m4_require(_LT_CHECK_SHELL_FEATURES)dnl
+m4_require(_LT_PATH_CONVERSION_FUNCTIONS)dnl
+m4_require(_LT_CMD_RELOAD)dnl
+m4_require(_LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD)dnl
+m4_require(_LT_CHECK_SHAREDLIB_FROM_LINKLIB)dnl
+m4_require(_LT_CMD_OLD_ARCHIVE)dnl
+m4_require(_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS)dnl
+m4_require(_LT_WITH_SYSROOT)dnl
+m4_require(_LT_CMD_TRUNCATE)dnl
+
+_LT_CONFIG_LIBTOOL_INIT(
+# See if we are running on zsh, and set the options that allow our
+# commands through without removal of \ escapes INIT.
+if test -n "\${ZSH_VERSION+set}"; then
+   setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
+fi
+)
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}"; then
+   setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/m4/ltoptions.m4 Added

@@ -0,0 +1,437 @@
+# Helper functions for option handling.                    -*- Autoconf -*-
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2004-2005, 2007-2009, 2011-2015 Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc.
+#   Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
+# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
+# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 8 ltoptions.m4
+
+# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define.
+AC_DEFUN(LTOPTIONS_VERSION, m4_if(1))
+
+
+# _LT_MANGLE_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME)
+# ------------------------------------------
+m4_define(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION,
+_LT_OPTION_m4_bpatsubst($1__$2, ^a-zA-Z0-9_, _))
+
+
+# _LT_SET_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME)
+# ---------------------------------------
+# Set option OPTION-NAME for macro MACRO-NAME, and if there is a
+# matching handler defined, dispatch to it.  Other OPTION-NAMEs are
+# saved as a flag.
+m4_define(_LT_SET_OPTION,
+m4_define(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION($1, $2))dnl
+m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN($1, $2),
+        _LT_MANGLE_DEFUN($1, $2),
+    m4_warning(Unknown $1 option '$2'))dnl
+)
+
+
+# _LT_IF_OPTION(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME, IF-SET, IF-NOT-SET)
+# ------------------------------------------------------------
+# Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise.
+m4_define(_LT_IF_OPTION,
+m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION($1, $2), $3, $4))
+
+
+# _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-LIST, IF-NOT-SET)
+# -------------------------------------------------------
+# Execute IF-NOT-SET unless all options in OPTION-LIST for MACRO-NAME
+# are set.
+m4_define(_LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS,
+m4_foreach(_LT_Option, m4_split(m4_normalize($2)),
+	    m4_ifdef(_LT_MANGLE_OPTION($1, _LT_Option),
+		      m4_define($0_found)))dnl
+m4_ifdef($0_found, m4_undefine($0_found), $3
+)dnl
+)
+
+
+# _LT_SET_OPTIONS(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-LIST)
+# ----------------------------------------
+# OPTION-LIST is a space-separated list of Libtool options associated
+# with MACRO-NAME.  If any OPTION has a matching handler declared with
+# LT_OPTION_DEFINE, dispatch to that macro; otherwise complain about
+# the unknown option and exit.
+m4_defun(_LT_SET_OPTIONS,
+# Set options
+m4_foreach(_LT_Option, m4_split(m4_normalize($2)),
+    _LT_SET_OPTION($1, _LT_Option))
+
+m4_if($1,LT_INIT,
+  dnl
+  dnl Simply set some default values (i.e off) if boolean options were not
+  dnl specified:
+  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS(LT_INIT, dlopen, enable_dlopen=no
+  )
+  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS(LT_INIT, win32-dll, enable_win32_dll=no
+  )
+  dnl
+  dnl If no reference was made to various pairs of opposing options, then
+  dnl we run the default mode handler for the pair.  For example, if neither
+  dnl 'shared' nor 'disable-shared' was passed, we enable building of shared
+  dnl archives by default:
+  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS(LT_INIT, shared disable-shared, _LT_ENABLE_SHARED)
+  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS(LT_INIT, static disable-static, _LT_ENABLE_STATIC)
+  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS(LT_INIT, pic-only no-pic, _LT_WITH_PIC)
+  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS(LT_INIT, fast-install disable-fast-install,
+		   _LT_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL)
+  _LT_UNLESS_OPTIONS(LT_INIT, aix-soname=aix aix-soname=both aix-soname=svr4,
+		   _LT_WITH_AIX_SONAME(aix))
+  )
+)# _LT_SET_OPTIONS
+
+
+## --------------------------------- ##
+## Macros to handle LT_INIT options. ##
+## --------------------------------- ##
+
+# _LT_MANGLE_DEFUN(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME)
+# -----------------------------------------
+m4_define(_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN,
+_LT_OPTION_DEFUN_m4_bpatsubst(m4_toupper($1__$2), ^A-Z0-9_, _))
+
+
+# LT_OPTION_DEFINE(MACRO-NAME, OPTION-NAME, CODE)
+# -----------------------------------------------
+m4_define(LT_OPTION_DEFINE,
+m4_define(_LT_MANGLE_DEFUN($1, $2), $3)dnl
+)# LT_OPTION_DEFINE
+
+
+# dlopen
+# ------
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE(LT_INIT, dlopen, enable_dlopen=yes
+)
+
+AU_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN,
+_LT_SET_OPTION(LT_INIT, dlopen)
+AC_DIAGNOSE(obsolete,
+$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you
+put the 'dlopen' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.)
+)
+
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN, )
+
+
+# win32-dll
+# ---------
+# Declare package support for building win32 dll's.
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE(LT_INIT, win32-dll,
+enable_win32_dll=yes
+
+case $host in
+*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-cegcc*)
+  AC_CHECK_TOOL(AS, as, false)
+  AC_CHECK_TOOL(DLLTOOL, dlltool, false)
+  AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false)
+  ;;
+esac
+
+test -z "$AS" && AS=as
+_LT_DECL(, AS,      1, Assembler program)dnl
+
+test -z "$DLLTOOL" && DLLTOOL=dlltool
+_LT_DECL(, DLLTOOL, 1, DLL creation program)dnl
+
+test -z "$OBJDUMP" && OBJDUMP=objdump
+_LT_DECL(, OBJDUMP, 1, Object dumper program)dnl
+)# win32-dll
+
+AU_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL,
+AC_REQUIRE(AC_CANONICAL_HOST)dnl
+_LT_SET_OPTION(LT_INIT, win32-dll)
+AC_DIAGNOSE(obsolete,
+$0: Remove this warning and the call to _LT_SET_OPTION when you
+put the 'win32-dll' option into LT_INIT's first parameter.)
+)
+
+dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
+dnl AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL, )
+
+
+# _LT_ENABLE_SHARED(DEFAULT)
+# ----------------------------
+# implement the --enable-shared flag, and supports the 'shared' and
+# 'disable-shared' LT_INIT options.
+# DEFAULT is either 'yes' or 'no'.  If omitted, it defaults to 'yes'.
+m4_define(_LT_ENABLE_SHARED,
+m4_define(_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT, m4_if($1, no, no, yes))dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared,
+    AS_HELP_STRING(--enable-shared@<:@=PKGS@:>@,
+	build shared libraries @<:@default=_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT@:>@),
+    p=${PACKAGE-default}
+    case $enableval in
+    yes) enable_shared=yes ;;
+    no) enable_shared=no ;;
+    *)
+      enable_shared=no
+      # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
+      lt_save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=$IFS$PATH_SEPARATOR,
+      for pkg in $enableval; do
+	IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+	if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
+	  enable_shared=yes
+	fi
+      done
+      IFS=$lt_save_ifs
+      ;;
+    esac,
+    enable_shared=_LT_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT)
+
+    _LT_DECL(build_libtool_libs, enable_shared, 0,
+	Whether or not to build shared libraries)
+)# _LT_ENABLE_SHARED
+
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE(LT_INIT, shared, _LT_ENABLE_SHARED(yes))
+LT_OPTION_DEFINE(LT_INIT, disable-shared, _LT_ENABLE_SHARED(no))
+
+# Old names:
+AC_DEFUN(AC_ENABLE_SHARED,
+_LT_SET_OPTION(LT_INIT, m4_if($1, no, disable-)shared)
+)

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/m4/ltsugar.m4 Added

@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+# ltsugar.m4 -- libtool m4 base layer.                         -*-Autoconf-*-
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2004-2005, 2007-2008, 2011-2015 Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc.
+# Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
+# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
+# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 6 ltsugar.m4
+
+# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define.
+AC_DEFUN(LTSUGAR_VERSION, m4_if(0.1))
+
+
+# lt_join(SEP, ARG1, ARG2...)
+# -----------------------------
+# Produce ARG1SEPARG2...SEPARGn, omitting  arguments and their
+# associated separator.
+# Needed until we can rely on m4_join from Autoconf 2.62, since all earlier
+# versions in m4sugar had bugs.
+m4_define(lt_join,
+m4_if($#, 1, ,
+       $#, 2, $2,
+       m4_if($2, , , $2_)$0($1, m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))))
+m4_define(_lt_join,
+m4_if($#$2, 2, ,
+       m4_if($2, , , $1$2)$0($1, m4_shift(m4_shift($@)))))
+
+
+# lt_car(LIST)
+# lt_cdr(LIST)
+# ------------
+# Manipulate m4 lists.
+# These macros are necessary as long as will still need to support
+# Autoconf-2.59, which quotes differently.
+m4_define(lt_car, $1)
+m4_define(lt_cdr,
+m4_if($#, 0, m4_fatal($0: cannot be called without arguments),
+       $#, 1, ,
+       m4_dquote(m4_shift($@))))
+m4_define(lt_unquote, $1)
+
+
+# lt_append(MACRO-NAME, STRING, SEPARATOR)
+# ------------------------------------------
+# Redefine MACRO-NAME to hold its former content plus 'SEPARATOR''STRING'.
+# Note that neither SEPARATOR nor STRING are expanded; they are appended
+# to MACRO-NAME as is (leaving the expansion for when MACRO-NAME is invoked).
+# No SEPARATOR is output if MACRO-NAME was previously undefined (different
+# than defined and empty).
+#
+# This macro is needed until we can rely on Autoconf 2.62, since earlier
+# versions of m4sugar mistakenly expanded SEPARATOR but not STRING.
+m4_define(lt_append,
+m4_define($1,
+	   m4_ifdef($1, m4_defn($1)$3)$2))
+
+
+
+# lt_combine(SEP, PREFIX-LIST, INFIX, SUFFIX1, SUFFIX2...)
+# ----------------------------------------------------------
+# Produce a SEP delimited list of all paired combinations of elements of
+# PREFIX-LIST with SUFFIX1 through SUFFIXn.  Each element of the list
+# has the form PREFIXmINFIXSUFFIXn.
+# Needed until we can rely on m4_combine added in Autoconf 2.62.
+m4_define(lt_combine,
+m4_if(m4_eval($# > 3), 1,
+       m4_pushdef(_Lt_sep, m4_define(_Lt_sep, m4_defn(lt_car)))dnl
+m4_foreach(_Lt_prefix, $2,
+	     m4_foreach(_Lt_suffix,
+		m4_dquote(m4_dquote(m4_shift(m4_shift(m4_shift($@))))),
+	_Lt_sep($1)m4_defn(_Lt_prefix)$3m4_defn(_Lt_suffix)))))
+
+
+# lt_if_append_uniq(MACRO-NAME, VARNAME, SEPARATOR, UNIQ, NOT-UNIQ)
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Iff MACRO-NAME does not yet contain VARNAME, then append it (delimited
+# by SEPARATOR if supplied) and expand UNIQ, else NOT-UNIQ.
+m4_define(lt_if_append_uniq,
+m4_ifdef($1,
+	  m4_if(m4_index($3m4_defn($1)$3, $3$2$3), -1,
+		 lt_append($1, $2, $3)$4,
+		 $5),
+	  lt_append($1, $2, $3)$4))
+
+
+# lt_dict_add(DICT, KEY, VALUE)
+# -----------------------------
+m4_define(lt_dict_add,
+m4_define($1($2), $3))
+
+
+# lt_dict_add_subkey(DICT, KEY, SUBKEY, VALUE)
+# --------------------------------------------
+m4_define(lt_dict_add_subkey,
+m4_define($1($2:$3), $4))
+
+
+# lt_dict_fetch(DICT, KEY, SUBKEY)
+# ----------------------------------
+m4_define(lt_dict_fetch,
+m4_ifval($3,
+	m4_ifdef($1($2:$3), m4_defn($1($2:$3))),
+    m4_ifdef($1($2), m4_defn($1($2)))))
+
+
+# lt_if_dict_fetch(DICT, KEY, SUBKEY, VALUE, IF-TRUE, IF-FALSE)
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------
+m4_define(lt_if_dict_fetch,
+m4_if(lt_dict_fetch($1, $2, $3), $4,
+	$5,
+    $6))
+
+
+# lt_dict_filter(DICT, SUBKEY, VALUE, SEPARATOR, KEY, ...)
+# --------------------------------------------------------------
+m4_define(lt_dict_filter,
+m4_if($5, , ,
+  lt_join(m4_quote(m4_default($4, , )),
+           lt_unquote(m4_split(m4_normalize(m4_foreach(_Lt_key, lt_car(m4_shiftn(4, $@)),
+		      lt_if_dict_fetch($1, _Lt_key, $2, $3, _Lt_key )))))))dnl
+)

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/m4/ltversion.m4 Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 Added

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+# lt~obsolete.m4 -- aclocal satisfying obsolete definitions.    -*-Autoconf-*-
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2004-2005, 2007, 2009, 2011-2015 Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc.
+#   Written by Scott James Remnant, 2004.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
+# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
+# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 5 lt~obsolete.m4
+
+# These exist entirely to fool aclocal when bootstrapping libtool.
+#
+# In the past libtool.m4 has provided macros via AC_DEFUN (or AU_DEFUN),
+# which have later been changed to m4_define as they aren't part of the
+# exported API, or moved to Autoconf or Automake where they belong.
+#
+# The trouble is, aclocal is a bit thick.  It'll see the old AC_DEFUN
+# in /usr/share/aclocal/libtool.m4 and remember it, then when it sees us
+# using a macro with the same name in our local m4/libtool.m4 it'll
+# pull the old libtool.m4 in (it doesn't see our shiny new m4_define
+# and doesn't know about Autoconf macros at all.)
+#
+# So we provide this file, which has a silly filename so it's always
+# included after everything else.  This provides aclocal with the
+# AC_DEFUNs it wants, but when m4 processes it, it doesn't do anything
+# because those macros already exist, or will be overwritten later.
+# We use AC_DEFUN over AU_DEFUN for compatibility with aclocal-1.6.
+#
+# Anytime we withdraw an AC_DEFUN or AU_DEFUN, remember to add it here.
+# Yes, that means every name once taken will need to remain here until
+# we give up compatibility with versions before 1.7, at which point
+# we need to keep only those names which we still refer to.
+
+# This is to help aclocal find these macros, as it can't see m4_define.
+AC_DEFUN(LTOBSOLETE_VERSION, m4_if(1))
+
+m4_ifndef(AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION,	AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_LINKER_OPTION))
+m4_ifndef(AC_PROG_EGREP,		AC_DEFUN(AC_PROG_EGREP))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH,	AC_DEFUN(_LT_AC_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT,		AC_DEFUN(_LT_AC_SHELL_INIT))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX,	AC_DEFUN(_LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_PROG_LTMAIN,		AC_DEFUN(_LT_PROG_LTMAIN))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_AC_TAGVAR,		AC_DEFUN(_LT_AC_TAGVAR))
+m4_ifndef(AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL,	AC_DEFUN(AC_LTDL_ENABLE_INSTALL))
+m4_ifndef(AC_LTDL_PREOPEN,		AC_DEFUN(AC_LTDL_PREOPEN))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER,	AC_DEFUN(_LT_AC_SYS_COMPILER))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_AC_LOCK,		AC_DEFUN(_LT_AC_LOCK))
+m4_ifndef(AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_OLD_ARCHIVE,	AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_OLD_ARCHIVE))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF,	AC_DEFUN(_LT_AC_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF))
+m4_ifndef(AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O,	AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_CC_C_O))
+m4_ifndef(AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS, AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_HARD_LINK_LOCKS))
+m4_ifndef(AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR,		AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_OBJDIR))
+m4_ifndef(AC_LTDL_OBJDIR,		AC_DEFUN(AC_LTDL_OBJDIR))
+m4_ifndef(AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH, AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_HARDCODE_LIBPATH))
+m4_ifndef(AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP,	AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_LIB_STRIP))
+m4_ifndef(AC_PATH_MAGIC,		AC_DEFUN(AC_PATH_MAGIC))
+m4_ifndef(AC_PROG_LD_GNU,		AC_DEFUN(AC_PROG_LD_GNU))
+m4_ifndef(AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG,	AC_DEFUN(AC_PROG_LD_RELOAD_FLAG))
+m4_ifndef(AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD,	AC_DEFUN(AC_DEPLIBS_CHECK_METHOD))
+m4_ifndef(AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI, AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_NO_RTTI))
+m4_ifndef(AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE, AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_GLOBAL_SYMBOL_PIPE))
+m4_ifndef(AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC, AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC))
+m4_ifndef(AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS,	AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS))
+m4_ifndef(AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP,	AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_POSTDEP_PREDEP))
+m4_ifndef(LT_AC_PROG_EGREP,		AC_DEFUN(LT_AC_PROG_EGREP))
+m4_ifndef(LT_AC_PROG_SED,		AC_DEFUN(LT_AC_PROG_SED))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_CC_BASENAME,		AC_DEFUN(_LT_CC_BASENAME))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE,	AC_DEFUN(_LT_COMPILER_BOILERPLATE))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE,	AC_DEFUN(_LT_LINKER_BOILERPLATE))
+m4_ifndef(_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL,		AC_DEFUN(_AC_PROG_LIBTOOL))
+m4_ifndef(AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP,		AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN,		AC_DEFUN(_LT_AC_CHECK_DLFCN))
+m4_ifndef(AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER,	AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG,		AC_DEFUN(_LT_AC_TAGCONFIG))
+m4_ifndef(AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL,	AC_DEFUN(AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_AC_LANG_CXX,		AC_DEFUN(_LT_AC_LANG_CXX))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_AC_LANG_F77,		AC_DEFUN(_LT_AC_LANG_F77))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ,		AC_DEFUN(_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ))
+m4_ifndef(AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG,	AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_C_CONFIG))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG,	AC_DEFUN(_LT_AC_LANG_C_CONFIG))
+m4_ifndef(AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG,	AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_CXX_CONFIG))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG,	AC_DEFUN(_LT_AC_LANG_CXX_CONFIG))
+m4_ifndef(AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG,	AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_F77_CONFIG))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG,	AC_DEFUN(_LT_AC_LANG_F77_CONFIG))
+m4_ifndef(AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG,	AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG,	AC_DEFUN(_LT_AC_LANG_GCJ_CONFIG))
+m4_ifndef(AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG,	AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_LANG_RC_CONFIG))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG,	AC_DEFUN(_LT_AC_LANG_RC_CONFIG))
+m4_ifndef(AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG,		AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_CONFIG))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C,	AC_DEFUN(_LT_AC_FILE_LTDLL_C))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS,	AC_DEFUN(_LT_REQUIRED_DARWIN_CHECKS))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_AC_PROG_CXXCPP,		AC_DEFUN(_LT_AC_PROG_CXXCPP))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS,	AC_DEFUN(_LT_PREPARE_SED_QUOTE_VARS))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH,	AC_DEFUN(_LT_PROG_ECHO_BACKSLASH))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_PROG_F77,		AC_DEFUN(_LT_PROG_F77))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_PROG_FC,		AC_DEFUN(_LT_PROG_FC))
+m4_ifndef(_LT_PROG_CXX,		AC_DEFUN(_LT_PROG_CXX))

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/man Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/man/pc.5 Added

@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 2017 pkgconf authors (see AUTHORS).
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" This software is provided 'as is' and without any warranty, express or
+.\" implied.  In no event shall the authors be liable for any damages arising
+.\" from the use of this software.
+.Dd December 15, 2017
+.Dt PC 5
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm file.pc
+.Nd pkg-config file format
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+pkg-config files provide a useful mechanism for storing various information
+about libraries and packages on a given system.
+Information stored by
+.Nm .pc
+files include compiler and linker flags necessary to use a given library, as
+well as any other relevant metadata.
+.Pp
+These
+.Nm .pc
+files are processed by a utility called
+.Nm pkg-config ,
+of which
+.Nm pkgconf
+is an implementation.
+.\"
+.Ss FILE SYNTAX
+The
+.Nm .pc
+file follows a format inspired by RFC822.
+Comments are prefixed by a pound sign, hash sign or octothorpe (#), and variable
+assignment is similar to POSIX shell.
+Properties are defined using RFC822-style stanzas.
+.\"
+.Ss VARIABLES
+.\"
+Variable definitions start with an alphanumeric string, followed by an equal sign,
+and then the value the variable should contain.
+.Pp
+Variable references are always written as "${variable}".
+It is possible to escape literal "${" as "$${".
+.\"
+.Ss PROPERTIES
+.\"
+Properties are set using RFC822-style stanzas which consist of a keyword, followed
+by a colon (:) and then the value the property should be set to.
+Variable substitution is always performed regardless of property type.
+.Pp
+There are three types of property:
+.\"
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.\"
+.It Literal
+The property will be set to the text of the value.
+.\"
+.It Dependency List
+The property will be set to a list of dependencies parsed from the
+text.
+Dependency lists are defined by this ABNF syntax:
+.Bd -literal
+package-list = *WSP *( package-spec *( package-sep ) )
+package-sep  = WSP / ","
+.\"
+package-spec = package-key  ver-op package-version 
+ver-op       = "<" / "<=" / "=" / "!=" / ">=" / ">"
+.Ed
+.\"
+.It Fragment List
+The property will be set to a list of fragments parsed from the text.
+The input text must be in a format that is suitable for passing to a POSIX
+shell without any shell expansions after variable substitution has been done.
+.\"
+.El
+.Ss PROPERTY KEYWORDS
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.\"
+.It Name
+The displayed name of the package.
+(mandatory; literal)
+.It Version
+The version of the package.
+(mandatory; literal)
+.It Description
+A description of the package.
+(mandatory; literal)
+.It URL
+A URL to a webpage for the package.
+This is used to recommend where newer versions of the package can be acquired.
+(mandatory; literal)
+.It Cflags
+Required compiler flags.
+These flags are always used, regardless of whether static compilation is requested.
+(optional; fragment list)
+.It Cflags.private
+Required compiler flags for static compilation.
+(optional; fragment list; pkgconf extension)
+.It Libs
+Required linking flags for this package.
+Libraries this package depends on for linking against it, which are not
+described as dependencies should be specified here.
+(optional; fragment list)
+.It Libs.private
+Required linking flags for this package that are only required when linking
+statically.
+Libraries this package depends on for linking against it statically, which are
+not described as dependencies should be specified here.
+(optional; fragment list)
+.It Requires
+Required dependencies that must be met for the package to be usable.
+All dependencies must be satisfied or the pkg-config implementation must not use
+the package.
+(optional; dependency list)
+.It Requires.private
+Required dependencies that must be met for the package to be usable for static linking.
+All dependencies must be satisfied or the pkg-config implementation must not use
+the package for static linking.
+(optional; dependency list)
+.It Conflicts
+Dependencies that must not be met for the package to be usable.
+If any package in the proposed dependency solution match any dependency in the
+Conflicts list, the package being considered is not usable.
+(optional; dependency list)
+.It Provides
+Dependencies that may be provided by an alternate package.
+If a package cannot be found, the entire package collection is scanned for
+providers which can match the requested dependency.
+(optional; dependency list; pkgconf extension)
+.El
+.Ss EXTENSIONS
+Features that have been marked as a pkgconf extension are only guaranteed to work
+with the pkgconf implementation of pkg-config.
+Other implementations may or may not support the extensions.
+.Pp
+Accordingly, it is suggested that
+.Nm .pc
+files which absolutely depend on these extensions declare a requirement on the
+pkgconf virtual.
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+An example .pc file:
+.Bd -literal
+# This is a comment
+prefix=/home/kaniini/pkg   # this defines a variable
+exec_prefix=${prefix}      # defining another variable with a substitution
+libdir=${exec_prefix}/lib
+includedir=${prefix}/include
+
+Name: libfoo                                  # human-readable name
+Description: an example library called libfoo # human-readable description
+Version: 1.0
+URL: http://www.pkgconf.org
+Requires: libbar > 2.0.0
+Conflicts: libbaz <= 3.0.0
+Libs: -L${libdir} -lfoo
+Libs.private: -lm
+Cflags: -I${includedir}/libfoo
+.Ed
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr pkgconf 1 ,
+.Xr pkg.m4 7

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/man/pkg.m4.7 Added

@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 2017 pkgconf authors (see AUTHORS).
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" This software is provided 'as is' and without any warranty, express or
+.\" implied.  In no event shall the authors be liable for any damages arising
+.\" from the use of this software.
+.Dd December 5, 2017
+.Dt PKG.M4 7
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm pkg.m4
+.Nd autoconf macros for using pkgconf
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm PKG_PREREQ
+.Nm PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG
+.Nm PKG_CHECK_MODULES
+.Nm PKG_CHECK_MODULES_STATIC
+.Nm PKG_INSTALLDIR
+.Nm PKG_NOARCH_INSTALLDIR
+.Nm PKG_CHECK_VAR
+.Nm PKG_WITH_MODULES
+.Nm PKG_HAVE_WITH_MODULES
+.Nm PKG_HAVE_DEFINE_WITH_MODULES
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+is a collection of autoconf macros which help to configure compiler and linker
+flags for development libraries.
+This allows build systems to detect other dependencies and use them with the
+system toolchain.
+.Sh "AUTOCONF MACROS"
+.Ss "PKG_PREREQ(MIN-VERSION)"
+Checks that the version of the
+.Nm
+autoconf macros in use is at least MIN-VERSION.
+This can be used to ensure a particular
+.Nm
+macro will be available.
+.Ss "PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG(MIN-VERSION)"
+Checks for an implementation of
+.Nm pkg-config
+which is at least MIN-VERSION or newer.
+.Ss "PKG_CHECK_MODULES(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES ,ACTION-IF-FOUND ,ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND)"
+.Ss "PKG_CHECK_MODULES_STATIC(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES ,ACTION-IF-FOUND ,ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND)"
+Checks whether a given module set exists, and if so, defines
+.Nm CFLAGS
+and
+.Nm LIBS
+variables prefixed by
+.Nm VARIABLE-PREFIX
+with the output from
+.Fl -cflags
+and
+.Fl -libs
+respectively.
+.Pp
+The optional
+.Nm ACTION-IF-FOUND
+and
+.Nm ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND
+arguments are shell fragments that should be executed if the module set is
+found or not found.
+.Pp
+If
+.Nm $PKG_CONFIG
+is not defined, the
+.Nm PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG
+macro will be executed to locate a
+.Nm pkg-config
+implementation.
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm PKG_CHECK_MODULES_STATIC
+macro provides the same behaviour as
+.Nm PKG_CHECK_MODULES
+with static linking enabled via the
+.Fl -static
+flag.
+.Ss "PKG_INSTALLDIR(DIRECTORY)"
+Defines the variable $pkgconfigdir as the location where a package
+should install pkg-config .pc files.
+.Pp
+By default the directory is $libdir/pkgconfig, but the default can
+be changed by passing the
+.Nm DIRECTORY
+parameter.
+.Pp
+This value can be overridden with the
+.Fl -with-pkgconfigdir
+configure parameter.
+.Ss "PKG_NOARCH_INSTALLDIR(DIRECTORY)"
+Defines the variable $noarch_pkgconfigdir as the location where a package
+should install pkg-config .pc files.
+.Pp
+By default the directory is $datadir/pkgconfig, but the default can
+be changed by passing the
+.Nm DIRECTORY
+parameter.
+.Pp
+This value can be overridden with the
+.Fl -with-noarch-pkgconfigdir
+configure parameter.
+.Ss "PKG_CHECK_VAR(VARIABLE, MODULE, CONFIG-VARIABLE, ACTION-IF-FOUND, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND)"
+Retrieves the value of the
+.Nm pkg-config
+variable
+.Nm CONFIG-VARIABLE
+from
+.Nm MODULE
+and stores it in the
+.Nm VARIABLE
+variable.
+.Pp
+Note that repeated usage of
+.Nm VARIABLE
+is not recommended as the check will be skipped if the variable is
+already set.
+.Ss "PKG_WITH_MODULES(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES, ACTION-IF-FOUND,ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND, DESCRIPTION, DEFAULT)"
+Prepares a "--with-" configure option using the lowercase
+.Nm VARIABLE-PREFIX
+name, merging the behaviour of
+.Nm AC_ARG_WITH
+and
+.Nm PKG_CHECK_MODULES
+in a single macro.
+.Ss "PKG_HAVE_WITH_MODULES(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES, DESCRIPTION, DEFAULT)"
+Convenience macro to trigger
+.Nm AM_CONDITIONAL
+after a
+.Nm PKG_WITH_MODULES check.\&
+.Nm VARIABLE-PREFIX
+is exported as a make variable.
+.Ss "PKG_HAVE_DEFINE_WITH_MODULES(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES, DESCRIPTION, DEFAULT)"
+Convenience macro to trigger
+.Nm AM_CONDITIONAL
+and
+.Nm AC_DEFINE
+after a
+.Nm PKG_WITH_MODULES check.\&
+.Nm VARIABLE-PREFIX
+is exported as a make variable.

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/man/pkgconf-personality.5 Added

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 2018 pkgconf authors (see AUTHORS).
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" This software is provided 'as is' and without any warranty, express or
+.\" implied.  In no event shall the authors be liable for any damages arising
+.\" from the use of this software.
+.Dd July 19, 2018
+.Dt PKGCONF-PERSONALITY 5
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm file.personality
+.Nd pkgconf cross-compile personality file format
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+pkgconf cross-compile personality files provide a useful mechanism for storing
+various information about system toolchains.
+Information stored by
+.Nm .personality
+files include information about paths used by a cross-compile toolchain, such as
+the sysroot directory and default include and library paths.  pkgconf uses this
+information to determine what information is necessary to use libraries.
+.\"
+.Ss FILE SYNTAX
+The
+.Nm .personality
+file follows a format inspired by RFC822.
+Comments are prefixed by a pound sign, hash sign or octothorpe (#), and variable
+assignment is similar to POSIX shell.
+Properties are defined using RFC822-style stanzas.
+.\"
+.Ss PROPERTIES
+.\"
+Properties are set using RFC822-style stanzas which consist of a keyword, followed
+by a colon (:) and then the value the property should be set to.
+Variable substitution is always performed regardless of property type.
+.Pp
+There are two types of property:
+.\"
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.\"
+.It Literal
+The property will be set to the text of the value.
+.\"
+.It Fragment List
+The property will be set to a list of fragments parsed from the text.
+The input text must be in a format that is suitable for passing to a POSIX
+shell without any shell expansions after variable substitution has been done.
+Elements are delimited with a colon.
+.\"
+.It Boolean
+The property will be set to true if the value is one of: true, yes or 1.
+Otherwise it will be set to false.
+.\"
+.El
+.Ss PROPERTY KEYWORDS
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.\"
+.It Triplet
+The triplet used by the cross-compile toolchain.
+(mandatory; literal)
+.It SysrootDir
+The directory used by the system root of the cross-compile toolchain.
+(mandatory; literal)
+.It DefaultSearchPaths
+A list of directories to look for
+.Xr pc 5
+files in.
+(mandatory; fragment list)
+.It SystemIncludePaths
+A list of directories that are included by default in the search path for
+include files.
+(mandatory; fragment list)
+.It SystemLibraryPaths
+A list of directories that are included by default in the search path for
+libraries.
+(mandatory; fragment list)
+.It WantDefaultPure
+If true, pkgconf will default to preferring a pure dependency graph.
+(optional; boolean; default is false)
+.It WantDefaultStatic
+If true, pkgconf will default to operating in static linking mode.
+(optional; boolean; default is false)
+.\"
+.El
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+An example .personality file:
+.Bd -literal
+# This is a comment
+Triplet: x86_64-pc-linux-gnu
+SysrootDir: /home/kaniini/sysroot/x86_64-pc-linux-gnu
+DefaultSearchPaths: /home/kaniini/sysroot/x86_64-pc-linux-gnu/lib/pkgconfig:/home/kaniini/sysroot/x86_64-pc-linux-gnu/share/pkgconfig
+SystemIncludePaths: /home/kaniini/sysroot/x86_64-pc-linux-gnu/include
+SystemLibraryPaths: /home/kaniini/sysroot/x86_64-pc-linux-gnu/lib
+.Ed
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr pkgconf 1 ,
+.Xr pc 5 ,
+.Xr pkg.m4 7

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/man/pkgconf.1 Added

@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 pkgconf authors (see AUTHORS).
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" This software is provided 'as is' and without any warranty, express or
+.\" implied.  In no event shall the authors be liable for any damages arising
+.\" from the use of this software.
+.Dd November 15, 2016
+.Dt PKGCONF 1
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm pkgconf
+.Nd a system for configuring build dependency information
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Ar options
+.Op Ar list of modules
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+is a program which helps to configure compiler and linker flags for
+development libraries.
+This allows build systems to detect other dependencies and use them with the
+system toolchain.
+.Sh GENERAL OPTIONS
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Fl -version
+Display the supported pkg-config version and exit.
+.It Fl -atleast-pkgconfig-version Ns = Ns Ar VERSION
+Exit with error if we do not support the requested pkg-config version.
+.It Fl -errors-to-stdout
+Print all errors on the main output stream instead of the error output stream.
+.It Fl -silence-errors
+Do not display any errors at all.
+.It Fl -list-all
+Walk all directories listed in the
+.Va PKG_CONFIG_PATH
+environmental variable and display information on packages which have registered
+information there.
+.It Fl -simulate
+Simulates resolving a dependency graph based on the requested modules on the
+command line.
+Dumps a series of trees denoting pkgconf's resolver state.
+.It Fl -no-cache
+Skip caching packages when they are loaded into the internal resolver.
+This may result in an alternate dependency graph being computed.
+.It Fl -ignore-conflicts
+Ignore
+.Sq Conflicts
+rules in modules.
+.It Fl -env-only
+Learn about pkgconf's configuration strictly from environmental variables.
+.It Fl -validate Ar package ...
+Validate specific
+.Sq .pc
+files for correctness.
+.It Fl -maximum-traverse-depth Ns = Ns Ar DEPTH
+Impose a limit on the allowed depth in the dependency graph.
+For example, a depth of 2 will restrict the resolver from acting on child
+dependencies of modules added to the resolver's solution.
+.It Fl -static
+Compute a deeper dependency graph and use compiler/linker flags intended for
+static linking.
+.It Fl -shared
+Compute a simple dependency graph that is only suitable for shared linking.
+.It Fl -pure
+Treats the computed dependency graph as if it were pure.
+This is mainly intended for use with the
+.Fl -static
+flag.
+.It Fl -no-provides
+Ignore
+.Sq Provides
+rules in modules when resolving dependencies.
+.It Fl -with-path Ns = Ns Ar PATH
+Adds a new module search path to pkgconf's dependency resolver.
+Paths added in this way are given preference before other paths.
+.It Fl -define-prefix
+Attempts to determine the prefix variable to use for CFLAGS and LIBS entry relocations.
+This is mainly useful for platforms where framework SDKs are relocatable, such as Windows.
+.It Fl -dont-define-prefix
+Disables the
+.Sq define-prefix
+feature.
+.It Fl -prefix-variable Ns = Ns Ar VARIABLE
+Sets the
+.Sq prefix
+variable used by the
+.Sq define-prefix
+feature.
+.It Fl -relocate Ns = Ns Ar PATH
+Relocates a path using the pkgconf_path_relocate API.
+This is mainly used by the testsuite to provide a guaranteed interface
+to the system's path relocation backend.
+.It Fl -dont-relocate-paths
+Disables the path relocation feature.
+.El
+.Sh MODULE-SPECIFIC OPTIONS
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Fl -atleast-version Ns = Ns Ar VERSION
+Exit with error if a module's version is less than the specified version.
+.It Fl -exact-version Ns = Ns Ar VERSION
+Exit with error if a module's version is not exactly the specified version.
+.It Fl -max-version Ns = Ns Ar VERSION
+Exit with error if a module's version is greater than the specified version.
+.It Fl -exists
+Exit with a non-zero result if the dependency resolver was unable to find all of
+the requested modules.
+.It Fl -uninstalled
+Exit with a non-zero result if the dependency resolver uses an
+.Sq uninstalled
+module as part of its solution.
+.It Fl -no-uninstalled
+Forbids the dependency resolver from considering 'uninstalled' modules as part
+of a solution.
+.El
+.Sh QUERY-SPECIFIC OPTIONS
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Fl -cflags , Fl -cflags-only-I , Fl -cflags-only-other
+Display either all CFLAGS, only
+.Fl I
+CFLAGS or only CFLAGS that are not
+.Fl I .
+.It Fl -libs , Fl -libs-only-L , Fl -libs-only-l , Fl -libs-only-other
+Display either all linker flags, only
+.Fl L
+linker flags, only
+.Fl l
+linker flags or only linker flags that are not
+.Fl L
+or
+.Fl l .
+.It Fl -keep-system-cflags , Fl -keep-system-libs
+Keep CFLAGS or linker flag fragments that would be filtered due to being
+included by default in the compiler.
+.It Fl -define-variable Ns = Ns Ar VARNAME Ns = Ns Ar VALUE
+Define
+.Va VARNAME
+as
+.Va VALUE .
+Variables are used in query output, and some modules' results may change based
+on the presence of a variable definition.
+.It Fl -print-variables
+Print all seen variables for a module to the output channel.
+.It Fl -print-provides
+Print all relevant
+.Sq Provides
+entries for a module to the output channel.
+.It Fl -variable Ns = Ns Ar VARNAME
+Print the value of
+.Va VARNAME .
+.It Fl -print-requires , Fl -print-requires-private
+Print the modules included in either the
+.Va Requires
+field or the
+.Va Requires.private
+field.
+.It Fl -digraph
+Dump the dependency resolver's solution as a graphviz
+.Sq dot
+file.
+This can be used with graphviz to visualize module interdependencies.
+.It Fl -path
+Display the filenames of the
+.Sq .pc
+files used by the dependency resolver for a given dependency set.
+.It Fl -env Ns = Ns Ar VARNAME
+Print the requested values as variable declarations in a similar format as the
+.Xr env 1
+command.
+.It Fl -fragment-filter Ns = Ns Ar TYPES
+Filter the fragment lists for the specified types.
+.It Fl -modversion
+Print the version of the queried module.
+.El
+.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Va PKG_CONFIG_PATH
+List of secondary directories where
+.Sq .pc
+files are looked up.
+.It Va PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR
+List of primary directories where
+.Sq .pc
+files are looked up.
+.It Va PKG_CONFIG_SYSROOT_DIR
+.Sq sysroot
+directory, will be prepended to every path defined in
+.Va PKG_CONFIG_PATH .
+Useful for cross compilation.
+.It Va PKG_CONFIG_TOP_BUILD_DIR
+Provides an alternative setting for the
+.Sq pc_top_builddir
+global variable.
+.It Va PKG_CONFIG_PURE_DEPGRAPH
+If set, enables the same behaviour as the
+.Fl -pure
+flag.

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/meson.build Added

@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+project('pkgconf', 'c',
+  version : '1.8.0',
+  license : 'ISC',
+  meson_version : '>=0.47')
+
+
+cc = meson.get_compiler('c')
+
+
+cdata = configuration_data()
+
+check_functions = 
+  'HAVE_STRLCAT', 'strlcat', 'string.h',
+  'HAVE_STRLCPY', 'strlcpy', 'string.h',
+  'HAVE_STRNDUP', 'strndup', 'string.h',
+
+
+foreach f : check_functions
+  if cc.has_function(f.get(1), prefix : '#include <' + f.get(2) + '>') and cc.has_header_symbol(f.get(2), f.get(1))
+    cdata.set(f.get(0), 1)
+  endif
+endforeach
+
+default_path = 
+foreach f : 'libdir', 'datadir'
+  default_path += join_paths(get_option('prefix'), get_option(f), 'pkgconfig')
+endforeach
+
+personality_path = 
+foreach f : 'libdir', 'datadir'
+  personality_path += join_paths(get_option('prefix'), get_option(f), 'pkgconfig', 'personality.d')
+endforeach
+
+cdata.set_quoted('SYSTEM_LIBDIR', join_paths(get_option('prefix'), get_option('libdir')))
+cdata.set_quoted('SYSTEM_INCLUDEDIR', join_paths(get_option('prefix'), get_option('includedir')))
+cdata.set_quoted('PKG_DEFAULT_PATH', ':'.join(default_path))
+cdata.set_quoted('PERSONALITY_PATH', ':'.join(personality_path))
+cdata.set_quoted('PACKAGE_NAME', meson.project_name())
+cdata.set_quoted('PACKAGE_VERSION', meson.project_version())
+cdata.set_quoted('PACKAGE_BUGREPORT', 'https://todo.sr.ht/~kaniini/pkgconf')
+cdata.set('abs_top_srcdir', meson.source_root())
+cdata.set('abs_top_builddir', meson.build_root())
+
+
+subdir('libpkgconf')
+
+libtype = get_option('default_library')
+if libtype == 'static'
+  build_static = '-DPKGCONFIG_IS_STATIC'
+else
+  build_static = '-DPKGCONFIG_IS_NOT_STATIC'
+endif
+
+libpkgconf = library('pkgconf',
+  'libpkgconf/argvsplit.c',
+  'libpkgconf/audit.c',
+  'libpkgconf/bsdstubs.c',
+  'libpkgconf/cache.c',
+  'libpkgconf/client.c',
+  'libpkgconf/dependency.c',
+  'libpkgconf/fileio.c',
+  'libpkgconf/fragment.c',
+  'libpkgconf/parser.c',
+  'libpkgconf/path.c',
+  'libpkgconf/personality.c',
+  'libpkgconf/pkg.c',
+  'libpkgconf/queue.c',
+  'libpkgconf/tuple.c',
+  c_args: '-DLIBPKGCONF_EXPORT', build_static,
+  install : true,
+  version : '3.0.0',
+  soversion : '3',
+)
+
+pkg = import('pkgconfig')
+pkg.generate(libpkgconf,
+  name : 'libpkgconf',
+  description : 'a library for accessing and manipulating development framework configuration',
+  url: 'http://github.com/pkgconf/pkgconf',
+  filebase : 'libpkgconf',
+  subdirs: 'pkgconf',
+  extra_cflags : build_static
+)
+
+
+pkgconf_exe = executable('pkgconf',
+  'cli/main.c',
+  'cli/getopt_long.c',
+  'cli/renderer-msvc.c',
+  link_with : libpkgconf,
+  c_args: build_static,
+  install : true)
+
+if get_option('tests')
+  kyua_exe = find_program('kyua')
+  atf_sh_exe = find_program('atf-sh')
+  test('kyua', kyua_exe, args : '--config=none', 'test', '--kyuafile=' + join_paths(meson.build_root(), 'Kyuafile'), '--build-root=' + meson.build_root())
+
+
+  configure_file(input : 'Kyuafile.in', output : 'Kyuafile', configuration : cdata)
+  subdir('tests')
+endif
+
+install_man('man/pkgconf.1')
+install_man('man/pkg.m4.7')
+install_man('man/pc.5')
+install_man('man/pkgconf-personality.5')
+install_data('pkg.m4', install_dir: 'share/aclocal')
+install_data('AUTHORS', install_dir: 'share/doc/pkgconf')
+install_data('README.md', install_dir: 'share/doc/pkgconf')
\ No newline at end of file

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/meson_options.txt Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/missing Added

@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Common wrapper for a few potentially missing GNU programs.
+
+scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Originally written by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+  echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information"
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+case $1 in
+
+  --is-lightweight)
+    # Used by our autoconf macros to check whether the available missing
+    # script is modern enough.
+    exit 0
+    ;;
+
+  --run)
+    # Back-compat with the calling convention used by older automake.
+    shift
+    ;;
+
+  -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
+    echo "\
+$0 OPTION... PROGRAM ARGUMENT...
+
+Run 'PROGRAM ARGUMENT...', returning a proper advice when this fails due
+to PROGRAM being missing or too old.
+
+Options:
+  -h, --help      display this help and exit
+  -v, --version   output version information and exit
+
+Supported PROGRAM values:
+  aclocal   autoconf  autoheader   autom4te  automake  makeinfo
+  bison     yacc      flex         lex       help2man
+
+Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes 'gnu-', 'gnu', and
+'g' are ignored when checking the name.
+
+Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>."
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+
+  -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
+    echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)"
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+
+  -*)
+    echo 1>&2 "$0: unknown '$1' option"
+    echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information"
+    exit 1
+    ;;
+
+esac
+
+# Run the given program, remember its exit status.
+"$@"; st=$?
+
+# If it succeeded, we are done.
+test $st -eq 0 && exit 0
+
+# Also exit now if we it failed (or wasn't found), and '--version' was
+# passed; such an option is passed most likely to detect whether the
+# program is present and works.
+case $2 in --version|--help) exit $st;; esac
+
+# Exit code 63 means version mismatch.  This often happens when the user
+# tries to use an ancient version of a tool on a file that requires a
+# minimum version.
+if test $st -eq 63; then
+  msg="probably too old"
+elif test $st -eq 127; then
+  # Program was missing.
+  msg="missing on your system"
+else
+  # Program was found and executed, but failed.  Give up.
+  exit $st
+fi
+
+perl_URL=https://www.perl.org/
+flex_URL=https://github.com/westes/flex
+gnu_software_URL=https://www.gnu.org/software
+
+program_details ()
+{
+  case $1 in
+    aclocal|automake)
+      echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Automake package:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/automake>"
+      echo "It also requires GNU Autoconf, GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf>"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>"
+      echo "<$perl_URL>"
+      ;;
+    autoconf|autom4te|autoheader)
+      echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Autoconf package:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf/>"
+      echo "It also requires GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>"
+      echo "<$perl_URL>"
+      ;;
+  esac
+}
+
+give_advice ()
+{
+  # Normalize program name to check for.
+  normalized_program=`echo "$1" | sed '
+    s/^gnu-//; t
+    s/^gnu//; t
+    s/^g//; t'`
+
+  printf '%s\n' "'$1' is $msg."
+
+  configure_deps="'configure.ac' or m4 files included by 'configure.ac'"
+  case $normalized_program in
+    autoconf*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified 'configure.ac',"
+      echo "or m4 files included by it."
+      program_details 'autoconf'
+      ;;
+    autoheader*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acconfig.h' or"
+      echo "$configure_deps."
+      program_details 'autoheader'
+      ;;
+    automake*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified 'Makefile.am' or"
+      echo "$configure_deps."
+      program_details 'automake'
+      ;;
+    aclocal*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acinclude.m4' or"
+      echo "$configure_deps."
+      program_details 'aclocal'
+      ;;
+   autom4te*)
+      echo "You might have modified some maintainer files that require"
+      echo "the 'autom4te' program to be rebuilt."
+      program_details 'autom4te'
+      ;;
+    bison*|yacc*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.y' file."
+      echo "You may want to install the GNU Bison package:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/bison/>"
+      ;;
+    lex*|flex*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.l' file."
+      echo "You may want to install the Fast Lexical Analyzer package:"
+      echo "<$flex_URL>"
+      ;;
+    help2man*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified a dependency" \
+           "of a man page."
+      echo "You may want to install the GNU Help2man package:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/help2man/>"
+    ;;
+    makeinfo*)
+      echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.texi' file, or"
+      echo "any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual."
+      echo "You might want to install the Texinfo package:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/texinfo/>"
+      echo "The spurious makeinfo call might also be the consequence of"
+      echo "using a buggy 'make' (AIX, DU, IRIX), in which case you might"
+      echo "want to install GNU make:"
+      echo "<$gnu_software_URL/make/>"
+      ;;
+    *)
+      echo "You might have modified some files without having the proper"
+      echo "tools for further handling them.  Check the 'README' file, it"
+      echo "often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing"
+      echo "this package.  You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in"
+      echo "case some other package contains this missing '$1' program."
+      ;;
+  esac

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/pkg.m4 Added

@@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
+# pkg.m4 - Macros to locate and utilise pkg-config.   -*- Autoconf -*-
+# serial 11 (pkg-config-0.29.1)
+
+dnl Copyright © 2004 Scott James Remnant <scott@netsplit.com>.
+dnl Copyright © 2012-2015 Dan Nicholson <dbn.lists@gmail.com>
+dnl
+dnl This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+dnl it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+dnl the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+dnl (at your option) any later version.
+dnl
+dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+dnl WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+dnl MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+dnl General Public License for more details.
+dnl
+dnl You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+dnl along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+dnl Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+dnl 02111-1307, USA.
+dnl
+dnl As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+dnl distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+dnl configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+dnl the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that
+dnl program.
+
+dnl PKG_PREREQ(MIN-VERSION)
+dnl -----------------------
+dnl Since: 0.29
+dnl
+dnl Verify that the version of the pkg-config macros are at least
+dnl MIN-VERSION. Unlike PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG, which checks the user's
+dnl installed version of pkg-config, this checks the developer's version
+dnl of pkg.m4 when generating configure.
+dnl
+dnl To ensure that this macro is defined, also add:
+dnl m4_ifndef(PKG_PREREQ,
+dnl     m4_fatal(must install pkg-config 0.29 or later before running autoconf/autogen))
+dnl
+dnl See the "Since" comment for each macro you use to see what version
+dnl of the macros you require.
+m4_defun(PKG_PREREQ,
+m4_define(PKG_MACROS_VERSION, 0.29.1)
+m4_if(m4_version_compare(PKG_MACROS_VERSION, $1), -1,
+    m4_fatal(pkg.m4 version $1 or higher is required but PKG_MACROS_VERSION found))
+)dnl PKG_PREREQ
+
+dnl PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG(MIN-VERSION)
+dnl ----------------------------------
+dnl Since: 0.16
+dnl
+dnl Search for the pkg-config tool and set the PKG_CONFIG variable to
+dnl first found in the path. Checks that the version of pkg-config found
+dnl is at least MIN-VERSION. If MIN-VERSION is not specified, 0.9.0 is
+dnl used since that's the first version where most current features of
+dnl pkg-config existed.
+AC_DEFUN(PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG,
+m4_pattern_forbid(^_?PKG_A-Z_+$)
+m4_pattern_allow(^PKG_CONFIG(_(PATH|LIBDIR|SYSROOT_DIR|ALLOW_SYSTEM_(CFLAGS|LIBS)))?$)
+m4_pattern_allow(^PKG_CONFIG_(DISABLE_UNINSTALLED|TOP_BUILD_DIR|DEBUG_SPEW)$)
+AC_ARG_VAR(PKG_CONFIG, path to pkg-config utility)
+AC_ARG_VAR(PKG_CONFIG_PATH, directories to add to pkg-config's search path)
+AC_ARG_VAR(PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR, path overriding pkg-config's built-in search path)
+
+if test "x$ac_cv_env_PKG_CONFIG_set" != "xset"; then
+	AC_PATH_TOOL(PKG_CONFIG, pkg-config)
+fi
+if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then
+	_pkg_min_version=m4_default($1, 0.9.0)
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING(pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version)
+	if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version $_pkg_min_version; then
+		AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+	else
+		AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+		PKG_CONFIG=""
+	fi
+fidnl
+)dnl PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG
+
+dnl PKG_CHECK_EXISTS(MODULES, ACTION-IF-FOUND, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND)
+dnl -------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Since: 0.18
+dnl
+dnl Check to see whether a particular set of modules exists. Similar to
+dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES(), but does not set variables or print errors.
+dnl
+dnl Please remember that m4 expands AC_REQUIRE(PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG)
+dnl only at the first occurence in configure.ac, so if the first place
+dnl it's called might be skipped (such as if it is within an "if", you
+dnl have to call PKG_CHECK_EXISTS manually
+AC_DEFUN(PKG_CHECK_EXISTS,
+AC_REQUIRE(PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG)dnl
+if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \
+    AC_RUN_LOG($PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "$1"); then
+  m4_default($2, :)
+m4_ifvaln($3, else
+  $3)dnl
+fi)
+
+dnl _PKG_CONFIG(VARIABLE, COMMAND, MODULES)
+dnl ---------------------------------------------
+dnl Internal wrapper calling pkg-config via PKG_CONFIG and setting
+dnl pkg_failed based on the result.
+m4_define(_PKG_CONFIG,
+if test -n "$$1"; then
+    pkg_cv_$1="$$1"
+ elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then
+    PKG_CHECK_EXISTS($3,
+                     pkg_cv_$1=`$PKG_CONFIG --$2 "$3" 2>/dev/null`
+		      test "x$?" != "x0" && pkg_failed=yes ,
+		     pkg_failed=yes)
+ else
+    pkg_failed=untried
+fidnl
+)dnl _PKG_CONFIG
+
+dnl _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
+dnl ---------------------------
+dnl Internal check to see if pkg-config supports short errors.
+AC_DEFUN(_PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED,
+AC_REQUIRE(PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG)
+if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version 0.20; then
+        _pkg_short_errors_supported=yes
+else
+        _pkg_short_errors_supported=no
+fidnl
+)dnl _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
+
+
+dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES, ACTION-IF-FOUND,
+dnl   ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND)
+dnl --------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Since: 0.4.0
+dnl
+dnl Note that if there is a possibility the first call to
+dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES might not happen, you should be sure to include an
+dnl explicit call to PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG in your configure.ac
+AC_DEFUN(PKG_CHECK_MODULES,
+AC_REQUIRE(PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG)dnl
+AC_ARG_VAR($1_CFLAGS, C compiler flags for $1, overriding pkg-config)dnl
+AC_ARG_VAR($1_LIBS, linker flags for $1, overriding pkg-config)dnl
+
+pkg_failed=no
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(for $1)
+
+_PKG_CONFIG($1_CFLAGS, cflags, $2)
+_PKG_CONFIG($1_LIBS, libs, $2)
+
+m4_define(_PKG_TEXT, Alternatively, you may set the environment variables $1_CFLAGS
+and $1_LIBS to avoid the need to call pkg-config.
+See the pkg-config man page for more details.)
+
+if test $pkg_failed = yes; then
+   	AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+        _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
+        if test $_pkg_short_errors_supported = yes; then
+	        $1_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --short-errors --print-errors --cflags --libs "$2" 2>&1`
+        else 
+	        $1_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors --cflags --libs "$2" 2>&1`
+        fi
+	# Put the nasty error message in config.log where it belongs
+	echo "$$1_PKG_ERRORS" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+
+	m4_default($4, AC_MSG_ERROR(
+Package requirements ($2) were not met:
+
+$$1_PKG_ERRORS
+
+Consider adjusting the PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variable if you
+installed software in a non-standard prefix.
+
+_PKG_TEXT)dnl
+        )
+elif test $pkg_failed = untried; then
+     	AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+	m4_default($4, AC_MSG_FAILURE(
+The pkg-config script could not be found or is too old.  Make sure it
+is in your PATH or set the PKG_CONFIG environment variable to the full
+path to pkg-config.
+
+_PKG_TEXT
+
+To get pkg-config, see <http://pkg-config.freedesktop.org/>.)dnl
+        )
+else
+	$1_CFLAGS=$pkg_cv_$1_CFLAGS
+	$1_LIBS=$pkg_cv_$1_LIBS
+        AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+	$3
+fidnl
+)dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES
+
+
+dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES_STATIC(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES, ACTION-IF-FOUND,
+dnl   ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND)
+dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+dnl Since: 0.29
+dnl

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/Kyuafile.in Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/basic.sh Added

@@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env atf-sh
+
+. $(atf_get_srcdir)/test_env.sh
+
+tests_init \
+	noargs \
+	libs \
+	libs_cflags \
+	libs_cflags_version \
+	libs_cflags_version_multiple \
+	libs_cflags_version_alt \
+	libs_cflags_version_different \
+	libs_cflags_version_different_bad \
+	exists_nonexitent \
+	nonexitent \
+	exists_version \
+	exists_version_bad \
+	exists_version_bad2 \
+	exists_version_bad3 \
+	exists \
+	exists2 \
+	exists3 \
+	exists_version_alt \
+	uninstalled_bad \
+	uninstalled \
+	libs_intermediary \
+	libs_circular1 \
+	libs_circular2 \
+	libs_circular_directpc \
+	libs_static \
+	libs_static_ordering \
+	pkg_config_path \
+	nolibs \
+	nocflags \
+	arbitary_path \
+	with_path \
+	relocatable \
+	single_depth_selectors
+
+noargs_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check -s exit:1 -e ignore pkgconf
+}
+
+libs_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-L/test/lib -lfoo \n" \
+		pkgconf --libs foo
+}
+
+libs_cflags_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-fPIC -I/test/include/foo -L/test/lib -lfoo \n" \
+		pkgconf --cflags --libs foo
+}
+
+atf_test_case basic_libs_cflags_version
+libs_cflags_version_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-fPIC -I/test/include/foo -L/test/lib -lfoo \n" \
+		pkgconf --cflags --libs 'foo > 1.2'
+}
+
+libs_cflags_version_multiple_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-I/test/include/foo -fPIC -L/test/lib -lbar -lfoo \n" \
+		pkgconf --cflags --libs 'foo > 1.2 bar >= 1.3'
+}
+
+libs_cflags_version_multiple_coma_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-I/test/include/foo -fPIC -L/test/lib -lbar -lfoo \n" \
+		pkgconf --cflags --libs 'foo > 1.2,bar >= 1.3'
+}
+
+libs_cflags_version_alt_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-fPIC -I/test/include/foo -L/test/lib -lfoo \n" \
+		pkgconf --cflags --libs 'foo' '>' '1.2'
+}
+
+libs_cflags_version_different_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-fPIC -I/test/include/foo -L/test/lib -lfoo \n" \
+		pkgconf --cflags --libs 'foo' '!=' '1.3.0'
+}
+
+atf_test_case basic_libs_cflags_version_different_bad
+libs_cflags_version_different_bad_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-s exit:1 \
+		-e inline:"Package dependency requirement 'foo != 1.2.3' could not be satisfied.\nPackage 'foo' has version '1.2.3', required version is '!= 1.2.3'\n" \
+		pkgconf --cflags --libs 'foo' '!=' '1.2.3'
+}
+
+exists_nonexitent_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-s exit:1 \
+		pkgconf --exists nonexistant
+}
+
+nonexitent_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-s exit:1 \
+		pkgconf nonexistant
+}
+
+exists_version_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		pkgconf --exists 'foo > 1.2'
+}
+
+exists_version_bad_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-s exit:1 \
+		pkgconf --exists 'foo > 1.2.3'
+}
+
+exists_version_alt_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		pkgconf --exists 'foo' '>' '1.2'
+}
+
+uninstalled_bad_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-s exit:1 \
+		pkgconf --uninstalled 'foo'
+}
+
+uninstalled_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		pkgconf --uninstalled 'omg'
+}
+
+exists_version_bad2_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-s exit:1 \
+		pkgconf --exists 'foo >= '
+}
+
+exists_version_bad3_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-s exit:1 \
+		pkgconf --exists 'tilde <= 1.0.0'
+}
+
+exists_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		pkgconf --exists 'tilde = 1.0.0~rc1'
+}
+
+exists2_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		pkgconf --exists 'tilde >= 1.0.0'
+}
+
+exists3_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/builtins.sh Added

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env atf-sh
+
+. $(atf_get_srcdir)/test_env.sh
+
+tests_init \
+	modversion \
+	variable \
+	define_variable \
+	global_variable
+
+modversion_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"1.0.1 \n" \
+		pkgconf --modversion pkg-config
+}
+
+variable_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"/test \n" \
+		pkgconf --variable=prefix foo
+}
+
+define_variable_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"/test2 \n" \
+		pkgconf --define-variable=prefix=/test2 --variable=prefix foo
+}
+
+global_variable_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"${selfdir}/lib1 \n"
+		pkgconf --exists -foo
+}
+
+argv_parse_3_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-llib-1 -pthread /test/lib/lib2.so \n" \
+		pkgconf --libs argv-parse-3
+}
+
+tilde_quoting_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-L~ -ltilde \n" \
+		pkgconf --libs tilde-quoting
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-I~ \n" \
+		pkgconf --cflags tilde-quoting
+}
+
+paren_quoting_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-L\$(libdir) -ltilde \n" \
+		pkgconf --libs paren-quoting
+}

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/conflicts.sh Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/framework.sh Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib-relocatable Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib-relocatable/lib Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib-relocatable/lib/pkgconfig Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib-relocatable/lib/pkgconfig/foo.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1 Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/argv-parse-2.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/argv-parse-3.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/argv-parse.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/bar.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/baz.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/case-sensitivity.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/cflags-internal.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/cflags-libs-only.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/cflags-whitespace-trailing.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/cflags-whitespace.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/circular-1.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/circular-2.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/circular-3.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/comments-in-fields.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/comments.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/conflicts.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/depgraph-break.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/dos-lineendings.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/empty-tuple.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/escaped-backslash.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/explicit-sysroot.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/flag-order-1.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/flag-order-3.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/foo.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/fragment-collision-1.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/fragment-collision-2.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/fragment-collision-intermediary.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/fragment-collision.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/fragment-comment.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/fragment-escaping-1.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/fragment-escaping-2.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/fragment-escaping-3.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/fragment-quoting-2.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/fragment-quoting-3.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/fragment-quoting-5.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/fragment-quoting-7.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/fragment-quoting.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/framework-1.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/framework-2.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/idirafter-ordering.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/idirafter.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/incomplete.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/intermediary-1.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/intermediary-2.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/isystem.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/malformed-1.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/malformed-quoting.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/malformed-version.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/missing-require.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/multiline-bogus.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/multiline.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/no-trailing-newline.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/nocflag.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/nolib.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/omg-uninstalled.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/orphaned-requires-private.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/paren-quoting.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/prefix-foo1.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/prefix-foo2.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/private-libs-duplication.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/provides-request-simple.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/provides.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/quotes.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/requires-internal-2.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/requires-internal-collision.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/requires-internal-missing.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/requires-internal.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/static-archive-libs.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/static-libs.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/sysroot-dir.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/tilde-quoting.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/tilde.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/tuple-quoting.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/typelibdir.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib1/variable-whitespace.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib2 Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib2/foo.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib3 Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/lib3/bar.pc Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/meson.build Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/parser.sh Added

@@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env atf-sh
+
+. $(atf_get_srcdir)/test_env.sh
+
+tests_init \
+	comments \
+	comments_in_fields \
+	dos \
+	no_trailing_newline \
+	argv_parse \
+	bad_option \
+	argv_parse_3 \
+	tilde_quoting \
+	paren_quoting \
+	multiline_field \
+	multiline_bogus_header \
+	escaped_backslash \
+	flag_order_1 \
+	flag_order_2 \
+	flag_order_3 \
+	flag_order_4 \
+	quoted \
+	variable_whitespace \
+	fragment_escaping_1 \
+	fragment_escaping_2 \
+	fragment_escaping_3 \
+	fragment_quoting \
+	fragment_quoting_2 \
+	fragment_quoting_3 \
+	fragment_quoting_5 \
+	fragment_quoting_7 \
+	fragment_comment \
+	msvc_fragment_quoting \
+	msvc_fragment_render_cflags \
+	tuple_dequote \
+	version_with_whitespace \
+	version_with_whitespace_2 \
+	version_with_whitespace_diagnostic
+
+comments_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-lfoo \n" \
+		pkgconf --libs comments
+}
+
+comments_in_fields_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-lfoo \n" \
+		pkgconf --libs comments-in-fields
+}
+
+dos_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-L/test/lib/dos-lineendings -ldos-lineendings \n" \
+		pkgconf --libs dos-lineendings
+}
+
+no_trailing_newline_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-I/test/include/no-trailing-newline \n" \
+		pkgconf --cflags no-trailing-newline
+}
+
+argv_parse_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-llib-3 -llib-1 -llib-2 -lpthread \n" \
+		pkgconf --libs argv-parse
+}
+
+bad_option_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-e ignore \
+		-s eq:1 \
+		pkgconf --exists -foo
+}
+
+argv_parse_3_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-llib-1 -pthread /test/lib/lib2.so \n" \
+		pkgconf --libs argv-parse-3
+}
+
+tilde_quoting_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-L~ -ltilde \n" \
+		pkgconf --libs tilde-quoting
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-I~ \n" \
+		pkgconf --cflags tilde-quoting
+}
+
+paren_quoting_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-L\$(libdir) -ltilde \n" \
+		pkgconf --libs paren-quoting
+}
+
+multiline_field_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-e ignore \
+		-o match:"multiline description" \
+		pkgconf --list-all
+}
+
+multiline_bogus_header_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-s eq:0 \
+		pkgconf --exists multiline-bogus
+}
+
+escaped_backslash_body()
+{
+	atf_check \
+		-e ignore \
+		-o inline:"-IC:\\\\\\\\A \n" \
+		pkgconf --with-path=${selfdir}/lib1 --cflags escaped-backslash
+}
+
+quoted_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-DQUOTED=\\\"bla\\\" \n" \
+		pkgconf --cflags quotes
+}
+
+flag_order_1_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-L/test/lib -Bdynamic -lfoo -Bstatic -lbar \n" \
+		pkgconf --libs flag-order-1
+}
+
+flag_order_2_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-L/test/lib -Bdynamic -lfoo -Bstatic -lbar -lfoo \n" \
+		pkgconf --libs flag-order-1 foo
+}
+
+flag_order_3_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-L/test/lib -Wl,--start-group -lfoo -lbar -Wl,--end-group \n" \
+		pkgconf --libs flag-order-3
+}
+
+flag_order_4_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-L/test/lib -Wl,--start-group -lfoo -lbar -Wl,--end-group -lfoo \n" \
+		pkgconf --libs flag-order-3 foo
+}
+
+variable_whitespace_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-I/test/include \n" \
+		pkgconf --cflags variable-whitespace
+}
+
+fragment_quoting_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-fPIC -I/test/include/foo -DQUOTED=\\\"/test/share/doc\\\" \n" \
+		pkgconf --cflags fragment-quoting
+}
+
+fragment_quoting_2_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/provides.sh Added

@@ -0,0 +1,310 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env atf-sh
+
+. $(atf_get_srcdir)/test_env.sh
+
+tests_init \
+	simple \
+	foo \
+	bar \
+	baz \
+	quux \
+	moo \
+	meow \
+	indirect_dependency_node
+
+simple_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+OUTPUT="provides-test-foo = 1.0.0
+provides-test-bar > 1.1.0
+provides-test-baz >= 1.1.0
+provides-test-quux < 1.2.0
+provides-test-moo <= 1.2.0
+provides-test-meow != 1.3.0
+provides = 1.2.3
+"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"${OUTPUT}" \
+		pkgconf --print-provides provides
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-lfoo \n" \
+		pkgconf --libs provides-request-simple
+	atf_check \
+		-e ignore \
+		-s exit:1 \
+		pkgconf --no-provides --libs provides-request-simple
+}
+
+foo_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs provides-test-foo
+	atf_check \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-foo = 1.0.0'
+	atf_check \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-foo >= 1.0.0'
+	atf_check \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-foo <= 1.0.0'
+	atf_check \
+		-s exit:1 \
+		-e ignore \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-foo != 1.0.0'
+	atf_check \
+		-s exit:1 \
+		-e ignore \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-foo > 1.0.0'
+	atf_check \
+		-s exit:1 \
+		-e ignore \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-foo < 1.0.0'
+}
+
+bar_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs provides-test-bar
+	atf_check \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-bar = 1.1.1'
+	atf_check \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-bar >= 1.1.1'
+	atf_check \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-bar <= 1.1.1'
+	atf_check \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-bar != 1.1.0'
+	atf_check \
+		-s exit:1 \
+		-e ignore \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-bar != 1.1.1'
+	atf_check \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-bar > 1.1.1'
+	atf_check \
+		-s exit:1 \
+		-e ignore \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-bar <= 1.1.0'
+	atf_check \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-bar <= 1.2.0'
+}
+
+baz_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs provides-test-baz
+	atf_check \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-baz = 1.1.0'
+	atf_check \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-baz >= 1.1.0'
+	atf_check \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-baz <= 1.1.0'
+	atf_check \
+		-s exit:1 \
+		-e ignore \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-baz != 1.1.0'
+	atf_check \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-baz != 1.0.0'
+	atf_check \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-baz > 1.1.1'
+	atf_check \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-baz > 1.1.0'
+	atf_check \
+		-s exit:1 \
+		-e ignore \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-baz < 1.1.0'
+	atf_check \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-baz < 1.2.0'
+}
+
+quux_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs provides-test-quux
+	atf_check \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-quux = 1.1.9'
+	atf_check \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-quux >= 1.1.0'
+	atf_check \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-quux >= 1.1.9'
+	atf_check \
+		-s exit:1 \
+		-e ignore \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-quux >= 1.2.0'
+	atf_check \
+		-s exit:1 \
+		-e ignore \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-quux <= 1.2.0'
+	atf_check \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-quux <= 1.1.9'
+	atf_check \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-quux != 1.2.0'
+	atf_check \
+		-s exit:1 \
+		-e ignore \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-quux != 1.1.0'
+	atf_check \
+		-s exit:1 \
+		-e ignore \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-quux != 1.0.0'
+	atf_check \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-quux > 1.1.9'
+	atf_check \
+		-s exit:1 \
+		-e ignore \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-quux > 1.2.0'
+	atf_check \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --libs 'provides-test-quux < 1.1.0'
+	atf_check \
+		-s exit:1 \
+		-e ignore \

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/regress.sh Added

@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env atf-sh
+
+. $(atf_get_srcdir)/test_env.sh
+
+tests_init \
+	case_sensitivity \
+	depgraph_break_1 \
+	depgraph_break_2 \
+	depgraph_break_3 \
+	define_variable \
+	variable \
+	keep_system_libs \
+	libs \
+	libs_only \
+	libs_never_mergeback \
+	cflags_only \
+	cflags_never_mergeback \
+	incomplete_libs \
+	incomplete_cflags \
+	isystem_munge_order \
+	isystem_munge_sysroot \
+	idirafter_munge_order \
+	idirafter_munge_sysroot \
+	idirafter_ordering \
+	pcpath \
+	virtual_variable \
+	fragment_collision \
+	malformed_1 \
+	malformed_quoting \
+	explicit_sysroot \
+	empty_tuple
+
+#	sysroot_munge \
+
+case_sensitivity_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"3\n" \
+		pkgconf --variable=foo case-sensitivity
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"4\n" \
+		pkgconf --variable=Foo case-sensitivity
+}
+
+depgraph_break_1_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check -s exit:1 -e ignore \
+		pkgconf --exists --print-errors 'foo > 0.6.0 foo < 0.8.0'
+}
+
+depgraph_break_2_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check -s exit:1 -e ignore \
+		pkgconf --exists --print-errors 'nonexisting foo <= 3'
+}
+
+depgraph_break_3_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check -s exit:1 -e ignore \
+		pkgconf --exists --print-errors 'depgraph-break'
+}
+
+define_variable_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check -o inline:"\\\${libdir}/typelibdir\n" \
+		pkgconf --variable=typelibdir --define-variable='libdir=\${libdir}' typelibdir
+}
+
+variable_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"/test/include\n" \
+		pkgconf --variable=includedir foo
+}
+
+keep_system_libs_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	eval export "$LIBRARY_PATH_ENV"="/test/local/lib"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"\n" \
+		pkgconf --libs-only-L cflags-libs-only
+
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-L/test/local/lib \n" \
+		pkgconf --libs-only-L --keep-system-libs cflags-libs-only
+}
+
+libs_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-L/test/local/lib -lfoo \n" \
+		pkgconf --libs cflags-libs-only
+}
+
+libs_only_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-L/test/local/lib -lfoo \n" \
+		pkgconf --libs-only-L --libs-only-l cflags-libs-only
+}
+
+libs_never_mergeback_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-L/test/bar/lib -lfoo1 \n" \
+		pkgconf --libs prefix-foo1
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-L/test/bar/lib -lfoo1 -lfoo2 \n" \
+		pkgconf --libs prefix-foo1 prefix-foo2
+}
+
+cflags_only_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-I/test/local/include/foo \n" \
+		pkgconf --cflags-only-I --cflags-only-other cflags-libs-only
+}
+
+cflags_never_mergeback_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-I/test/bar/include/foo -DBAR -fPIC -DFOO \n" \
+		pkgconf --cflags prefix-foo1 prefix-foo2
+}
+
+incomplete_libs_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"\n" \
+		pkgconf --libs incomplete
+}
+
+incomplete_cflags_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"\n" \
+		pkgconf --cflags incomplete
+}
+
+isystem_munge_order_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-isystem /opt/bad/include -isystem /opt/bad2/include \n" \
+		pkgconf --cflags isystem
+}
+
+isystem_munge_sysroot_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1" PKG_CONFIG_SYSROOT_DIR="${selfdir}"
+	atf_check \
+		-o match:"-isystem ${selfdir}/opt/bad/include" \
+		pkgconf --cflags isystem
+}
+
+idirafter_munge_order_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-idirafter /opt/bad/include -idirafter /opt/bad2/include \n" \
+		pkgconf --cflags idirafter
+}
+
+idirafter_munge_sysroot_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1" PKG_CONFIG_SYSROOT_DIR="${selfdir}"
+	atf_check \
+		-o match:"-idirafter ${selfdir}/opt/bad/include" \
+		pkgconf --cflags idirafter
+}
+
+idirafter_ordering_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-I/opt/bad/include1 -idirafter -I/opt/bad/include2 -I/opt/bad/include3 \n" \
+		pkgconf --cflags idirafter-ordering
+}
+
+pcpath_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib2"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-fPIC -I/test/include/foo \n" \
+		pkgconf --cflags ${selfdir}/lib3/bar.pc

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/requires.sh Added

@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env atf-sh
+
+. $(atf_get_srcdir)/test_env.sh
+
+tests_init \
+	libs \
+	libs_cflags \
+	libs_static \
+	libs_static_pure \
+	argv_parse2 \
+	static_cflags \
+	private_duplication \
+	libs_static2 \
+	missing \
+	requires_internal \
+	requires_internal_missing \
+	requires_internal_collision \
+	orphaned_requires_private
+
+libs_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-L/test/lib -lbar -lfoo \n" \
+		pkgconf --libs bar
+}
+
+libs_cflags_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-fPIC -I/test/include/foo -L/test/lib -lbaz \n" \
+		pkgconf --libs --cflags baz
+}
+
+libs_static_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-L/test/lib -lbaz -L/test/lib -lzee -L/test/lib -lfoo \n" \
+		pkgconf --static --libs baz
+}
+
+libs_static_pure_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-L/test/lib -lbaz -L/test/lib -lfoo \n" \
+		pkgconf --static --pure --libs baz
+}
+
+argv_parse2_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-llib-1 -pthread /test/lib/lib2.so \n" \
+		pkgconf --static --libs argv-parse-2
+}
+
+static_cflags_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-fPIC -I/test/include/foo -DFOO_STATIC \n" \
+		pkgconf --static --cflags baz
+}
+
+private_duplication_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-lprivate -lfoo -lbaz -lzee -lbar -lfoo \n" \
+		pkgconf --static --libs-only-l private-libs-duplication
+}
+
+libs_static2_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-lbar -lbar-private -L/test/lib -lfoo \n" \
+		pkgconf --static --libs static-libs
+}
+
+missing_body()
+{
+	export PKG_CONFIG_PATH="${selfdir}/lib1"
+	atf_check \
+		-s exit:1 \
+		-e ignore \
+		-o inline:"\n" \
+		pkgconf --cflags missing-require
+}
+
+requires_internal_body()
+{
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-lbar -lbar-private -L/test/lib -lfoo \n" \
+		pkgconf --with-path="${selfdir}/lib1" --static --libs requires-internal
+}
+
+requires_internal_missing_body()
+{
+	atf_check \
+		-s exit:1 \
+		-e ignore \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --with-path="${selfdir}/lib1" --static --libs requires-internal-missing
+}
+
+requires_internal_collision_body()
+{
+	atf_check \
+		-o inline:"-I/test/local/include/foo \n" \
+		pkgconf --with-path="${selfdir}/lib1" --cflags requires-internal-collision
+}
+
+orphaned_requires_private_body()
+{
+	atf_check \
+		-s exit:1 \
+		-e ignore \
+		-o ignore \
+		pkgconf --with-path="${selfdir}/lib1" --cflags --libs orphaned-requires-private
+}

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/sysroot.sh Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/test_env.sh.in Added

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+srcdir="$(atf_get_srcdir)"
+export PATH="$srcdir/..:${PATH}"
+
+#--- begin windows kludge ---
+# When building with Visual Studio, binaries are in a subdirectory named after the configration...
+# and the configuration is not known unless you're in the IDE, or something.
+# So just guess.  This won't work well if you build more than one configuration.
+the_configuration=""
+for configuration in Debug Release RelWithDebInfo
+do
+    if test -d "$srcdir/../$configuration"
+    then
+        if test "$the_configuration" != ""
+        then
+            echo "test_env.sh: FAIL: more than one configuration found"
+            exit 1
+        fi
+        the_configuration=$configuration
+        export PATH="$srcdir/../${configuration}:${PATH}"
+    fi
+done
+#--- end kludge ---
+
+selfdir="@abs_top_srcdir@/tests"
+LIBRARY_PATH_ENV="LIBRARY_PATH"
+PATH_SEP=":"
+SYSROOT_DIR="${selfdir}"
+case "$(uname -s)" in
+Haiku) LIBRARY_PATH_ENV="BELIBRARIES";;
+esac
+
+prefix="@prefix@"
+exec_prefix="@exec_prefix@"
+datarootdir="@datarootdir@"
+pcpath="@PKG_DEFAULT_PATH@"
+
+tests_init()
+{
+	TESTS="$@"
+	export TESTS
+	for t ; do
+		atf_test_case $t
+	done
+}
+
+atf_init_test_cases() {
+	for t in ${TESTS}; do
+		atf_add_test_case $t
+	done
+}

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz/tests/version.sh Added

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1651747980.8ad30d7.tar/pkgconf-1.8.0.tar.xz Deleted

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1651747980.8ad30d7.tar/pkgconf.spec Deleted

@@ -1,153 +0,0 @@
-%global pkgconf_libdirs %{_libdir}/pkgconfig:%{_datadir}/pkgconfig
-
-Name:           pkgconf
-Version:        1.8.0
-Release:        2
-Summary:        Package compiler and linker metadata toolkit
-
-License:        ISC
-URL:            http://pkgconf.org/
-Source0:        https://distfiles.dereferenced.org/%{name}/%{name}-%{version}.tar.xz
-
-BuildRequires:  gcc, make, autoconf, automake, libtool
-#tests
-BuildRequires:  kyua, atf-tests
-
-Provides:       pkgconfig(pkgconf) = %{version}
-Conflicts:      pkgconfig < 1:%{version}
-Obsoletes:      pkgconfig < 1:%{version}
-Provides:       pkgconfig = 1:%{version}
-Provides:       pkgconfig%{?_isa} = 1:%{version}
-Provides:       pkgconfig(pkg-config) = %{version}
-Provides:       pkg-config = %{version}
-Provides:       pkgconf-pkg-config = %{version}
-Obsoletes:      pkgconf-pkg-config < %{version}
-Provides:       pkgconf-m4 = %{version}
-Obsoletes:      pkgconf-m4 < %{version}
-Provides:       libpkgconf = %{version}
-Obsoletes:      libpkgconf < %{version}
-
-%description
-pkgconf is a program which helps to configure compiler and linker flags for development frameworks. 
-It is similar to pkg-config from freedesktop.org, providing additional functionality while also
-maintaining compatibility.
-
-%package        devel
-Summary:        Development files for lib%{name}
-Requires:       %{name}%{?_isa} = %{version}-%{release}
-Provides:       libpkgconf-devel
-Obsoletes:      libpkgconf-devel
-
-%description    devel
-Development headers and auxiliary files for developing apps for %{name}.
-
-%package_help
-
-%prep
-%autosetup -p1
-
-%build
-autoreconf -fiv
-%configure --with-pkg-config-dir=%{pkgconf_libdirs} \
-           --with-system-includedir=%{_includedir} \
-           --with-system-libdir=%{_libdir}
-
-%make_build V=1
-
-
-%check
-make check
-
-%install
-%make_install
-
-%delete_la_and_a
-
-cat <<EOF > %{buildroot}%{_bindir}/%{_target_platform}-pkg-config
-#!/bin/sh
-
-# Platform-specific version of pkg-config
-# Platform----%{_target_platform}
-
-export PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR="\${PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR:-%{pkgconf_libdirs}}"
-export PKG_CONFIG_SYSTEM_INCLUDE_PATH="\${PKG_CONFIG_SYSTEM_INCLUDE_PATH:-%{_includedir}}"
-export PKG_CONFIG_SYSTEM_LIBRARY_PATH="\${PKG_CONFIG_SYSTEM_LIBRARY_PATH:-%{_libdir}}"
-
-exec pkgconf "\$@"
-EOF
-
-ln -sf pkgconf %{buildroot}%{_bindir}/pkg-config
-
-mkdir -p %{buildroot}%{_libdir}/pkgconfig
-mkdir -p %{buildroot}%{_datadir}/pkgconfig
-
-%ldconfig_scriptlets
-
-%files
-%license COPYING
-%doc README.md AUTHORS NEWS
-%license COPYING
-%{_bindir}/%{name}
-%{_libdir}/lib%{name}*.so.*
-%{_datadir}/aclocal/pkg.m4
-%{_bindir}/pkg-config
-%attr(755,root,root) %{_bindir}/%{_target_platform}-pkg-config
-%dir %{_libdir}/pkgconfig
-%dir %{_datadir}/pkgconfig
-
-%files devel
-%{_libdir}/lib%{name}*.so
-%{_includedir}/%{name}/
-%{_libdir}/pkgconfig/lib%{name}.pc
-
-%files help
-%{_mandir}/*/*
-
-%changelog
-* Thu May 05 2022 shixuantong <shixuantong@h-partners.com> - 1.8.0-2
-- Type: NA
-- ID: NA
-- SUG: NA
-- DESC:fix changelog error
-
-* Sat Dec 25 2021 tianwei <tianwei12@huawei.com> - 1.8.0-1
-- Type: NA
-- ID: NA
-- SUG: NA
-- DESC:upgrade version to 1.8.0
-
-* Thu Jul 16 2020 shixuantong <shixuantong@huawei.com> - 1.7.3-1
-- Type: NA
-- ID: NA
-- SUG: NA
-- DESC:update to 1.7.3-1 
-
-* Sun Jan 12 2020 openEuler Buildteam <buildteam@openeuler.org> - 1.6.3-6
-- Type: enhancement
-- ID: NA
-- SUG: NA
-- DESC: strengthen spec
-
-* Thu Nov 28 2019 shenyangyang <shenyangyang4@huawei.com> - 1.6.3-5
-- Type: enhancement
-- ID: NA
-- SUG: NA
-- DESC: add provides of pkgconfig with epoch 1
-
-* Tue Oct 29 2019 shenyangyang <shenyangyang4@huawei.com> - 1.6.3-4
-- Type: enhancement
-- ID: NA
-- SUG: NA
-- DESC:add provides of libpkgconf
-
-* Sat Oct 14 2019 shenyangyang <shenyangyang4@huawei.com> - 1.6.3-3
-- Type: enhancement
-- ID: NA
-- SUG: NA
-- DESC:revise provides
-
-* Wed Sep 11 2019 hexiaowen <hexiaowen@huawei.com> - 1.6.3-2
-- Rebuild
-
-* Tue Jul 31 2018 hexiaowen <hexiaowen@huawei.com> - 1.6.3-1
-- Package init

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf-1651747980.8ad30d7.tar/pkgconf.yaml Deleted

_service:tar_scm:pkgconf.yaml Added

Changes of Revision 2